Document:

Exhibit 4.9

 Exhibit 4.9 
 Execution Version 
 DATED 2 March 2011 

HITOMI FINANCIAL LIMITED 
 DELHAIZE ‘THE LION’ NEDERLAND B.V. 
 AND 

DELHAIZE GROUP SA 
  

 
 TRANSACTION
AGREEMENT 
  
  

 CONTENTS 

 

							
	Clause	  	Page	 
			
	1.	  	Interpretation	  	 	1	  
	2.	  	Sale and Purchase	  	 	19	  
	3.	  	Conditions	  	 	20	  
	4.	  	Completion	  	 	24	  
	5.	  	Inventory count	  	 	27	  
	6.	  	Target Group Guarantees	  	 	27	  
	7.	  	Sellers’ Warranties	  	 	30	  
	8.	  	Sellers’ Undertakings and Indemnities	  	 	32	  
	9.	  	Limitations on Sellers’ Liability	  	 	34	  
	10.	  	Relevant Claims Escrow Account	  	 	34	  
	11.	  	Real Estate Security	  	 	36	  
	12.	  	Lion’s Warranties, Undertakings and Indemnity	  	 	37	  
	13.	  	Protection of Goodwill	  	 	39	  
	14.	  	Lion’s Guarantor	  	 	41	  
	15.	  	Ancillary Agreements	  	 	42	  
	16.	  	Confidential Information and Announcements	  	 	45	  
	17.	  	Costs	  	 	46	  
	18.	  	General	  	 	46	  
	19.	  	Entire Agreement	  	 	48	  
	20.	  	Assignment	  	 	50	  
	21.	  	Notices	  	 	51	  
	22.	  	Governing Law and Arbitration	  	 	53	  
	23.	  	Linked Disputes	  	 	53	  
	24.	  	Governing Language	  	 	56	  
	25.	  	Counterparts	  	 	56	  
	 Schedule 1 Information about the Target Group
	  			
	 Schedule 2 Action Pending Completion
	  			
	 Schedule 3 Completion Requirements
	  			
	 Schedule 4 Sellers’ Warranties
	  			
	 Schedule 5 Limitations on the Sellers’ Liability
	  			
	 Schedule 6 Leakage and Permitted Leakage
	  			
		  	Part A Leakage	  			
		  	Part B Permitted Leakage	  			
	 Schedule 7 Form of Guarantee Certificate
	  			

  
 - i -

					
	Schedule 8 Senior Management Employees	 	
	Schedule 9 Specific Indemnity Matters	 	
		  	Part A General	 	
		  	Part B Extended	 	
		  	Part C Forcan	 	
	Schedule 10 Inter-Group Lease Amendments	 	
	Schedule 11 Forms of Deed of Adherence	 	
		  	Part A Lion’s Transferee	 	
		  	Part B CyprusCo2 and SerbCo	 	
	Schedule 12 Disclosed Supply Contracts	 	
	Schedule 13 Form of Pre-Completion Inventory Statement	 	

  
 - ii -

 Agreed form documents 
 2009 Accounts 
 AT Schedule 
 Escrow Letters (in relation to the Guarantee Escrow Account and in relation to the Relevant Claims Escrow Account) 
 Financial Master Index 
 First Tranche Share Sale Agreement 

Pro forma annexes (x3) to the lease agreements listed in [bullet] together with instructions relating thereto 

Properties Schedule 
 Report from Deloitte
entitled Delta Maxi Holding Pre Transaction Restructuring and dated 28 February 2011 
 Second Tranche Share Sale Agreement 

Serbian law employee notification (x2) 

Relevant Related Party Contracts 
 Tax Deed

 Transitional Services Agreement 

  
 - iii -

 THIS AGREEMENT is made on      March 2011 

BETWEEN: 
  

	(1)	 HITOMI FINANCIAL LIMITED, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (registered no. 1039660), whose registered office is at Jipfa
Building, 3rd Floor, 142 Main Street, Road Town, Tortola,
British Virgin Islands (“HTM”); and 

  

	(2)	DELHAIZE ‘THE LION’ NEDERLAND B.V., a company incorporated in the Netherlands (registered no. 27.24.01.34), whose registered office is at Martinus
Nijhofflaan 2, 2624 ES Delft, the Netherlands (“Lion”); and 

  

	(3)	DELHAIZE GROUP SA, a company incorporated in Belgium (registered no. 0402 206 045), whose registered office is at Rue Osseghemstraat 53, 1080 Brussels, Belgium
(“Lion’s Guarantor”). 

 BACKGROUND 

 

	(A)	Hemslade, a wholly-owned subsidiary of HTM, will implement a partial demerger under which CyprusCo1 will become the legal and beneficial owner of the First Tranche
Share and CyprusCo2 will become the legal and beneficial owner of the Second Tranche Share, following which CyprusCo1 will contribute the First Tranche Share to SerbCo. 

 

	(B)	On and subject to the terms of this Agreement HTM has agreed to procure the sale of the First Tranche Share by SerbCo and to procure the sale of the Second Tranche
Share by CyprusCo2, and Lion has agreed to purchase the First Tranche Share from SerbCo and the Second Tranche Share from CyprusCo2. 

  

	(C)	Lion’s Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the payment obligations of Lion in the manner provided in this Agreement. 

THE PARTIES AGREE as follows: 
  

	1.	INTERPRETATION 

  

	1.1	Save as provided to the contrary: 

  

	 	1.1.1	terms in italic text in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed in, and be construed in accordance with, the 2010 Accounts; and 

 

	 	1.1.2	the amounts corresponding to the terms referred to in clause 1.1.1 shall be in Serbian Dinars, 

and, accordingly, a reference, for example, to “the amount of the Operating profit” means the RSD amount set opposite the
corresponding line item in the 2010 Accounts. 
  

	1.2	In this Agreement: 

“2009 Accounts” means the audited consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRS, of Grupa Delta
Maloprodaja, Beograd as at 31 December 2009 comprising the consolidated statement of financial position, the consolidated income 

  
 - 1 -

 
statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated cash flow statement, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the notes (comprising a summary of
significant accounting policies and other explanatory information), in the agreed form; 
 “2010 Accounts” means
the Draft 2010 Accounts subject to any adjustments made pursuant to clauses 3.9 or 3.10; 
 “2010 Accounts
Entities” means the group of entities comprising the companies listed in [bullet], Primer C, Bel Investment Property d.o.o. Beograd and Market 99 Plus d.o.o. Trebinje (and no other company); 

“2010 EBITDA” means an amount equal to: 
  

	 	(a)	the amount of the Operating profit; plus 

  

	 	(b)	the amount of the Depreciation; plus 

  

	 	(c)	the amount of the Other expenses; minus 

  

	 	(d)	the amount of the Other income, 

 translated into Euro in accordance with the methodology to be applied in the Supplemental Report; 
 “2010 Financial Position Statement” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 14.2 of [bullet]; 
 “Actual Inventory Shrinkage” means the amount, expressed as a percentage of the Relevant Sales and set out in the Pre-Completion Inventory Statement, by which Actual Pre-Completion
Inventories are less than Recorded Pre-Completion Inventory (and if Actual Pre-Completion Inventories are equal to or greater than Recorded Pre-Completion Inventory, such amount shall be deemed to be 0 (zero) per cent.); 

“Actual Pre-Completion Inventories” means the aggregate amount of the inventories of the Relevant Target Group Companies
(applying the same accounting principles and practices as in the determination of the Inventories (to the extent applicable to the Relevant Target Group Companies)) as calculated pursuant to the Pre-Completion Inventory Counts and translated
into Euros at the official middle exchange rate for Euro as at the day immediately preceding the Inventory Effective Date published by the National Bank of Serbia, and as set out in the Pre-Completion Inventory Statement; 

“Affiliate” means, in relation to any body corporate, its holding company (or majority shareholder if not a body
corporate) or any subsidiary of such body corporate or of its holding company; 
 “Agreed Rate” means 2 per
cent. above the London Interbank Offer Rate denominated in Euros; 
 “Alternative Secured Assets” has the
meaning given to it in clause 11.2.2; 

  
 - 2 -

 “Approved RG Companies” means Delta Real Estate d.o.o. Beograd, Delta Agrar
d.o.o. Beograd, Delta Real Estate d.o.o. Banja Luka, Delta Properties d.o.o. Beograd, Delta Tower d.o.o. Beograd, Yuhor Export a.d. and DMD; 
 “Banca Intesa” means Banca Intesa Joint Stock Company, Belgrade, Milentija Popovica 7B; 
 “Banking Condition” means the Condition in clause 3.1.9; 

“Business” means the business of the Target Group as carried on at the date of this Agreement; 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday in the United Kingdom or Serbia; 

“City Hypermarket” means NTP City Hypermarket (a personal business enterprise registered at Zona Industriale Pristina,
Kosovo (registered no. 70454278)); 
 “Commercial Information” means all material information (including Know
How but not limited to matters which are confidential) under the control of any Target Group Company which has at any time been used or intended to be used for the purpose of the Business (or any aspect of it); 

“Completion” means completion of the sale and purchase of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement; 

“Completion Date” has the meaning given to it in clause 4.1; 

“Connected Person” means a person connected (within the meaning of section 839 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act
1988) with HTM or with any of the directors of any Target Group Company; 
 “Condition” means a condition set
out in clause 3.1 and “Conditions” means all those conditions; 
 “Confidentiality
Agreement” means the agreement between Delta Maxi Beograd and Lion’s Guarantor dated 4 December 2009 relating to the provision of confidential information; 
 “Covenant End Date” means the third anniversary of the Completion Date; 
 “CyprusCo1” means the private limited company to be incorporated in Cyprus as a wholly-owned subsidiary of HTM which will become the sole shareholder of SerbCo; 

“CyprusCo2” means the private limited company to be incorporated in Cyprus as a wholly-owned subsidiary of HTM which will
be become the legal and beneficial owner of the Second Tranche Share; 
 “CyprusCo2 Account” means such bank
account of CyprusCo2 as is notified to Lion not less than 3 Business Days prior to Completion; 
 “CyprusCo2
Amount” has the meaning given to it in clause 2.2; 

  
 - 3 -

 “CyprusCo2 Deed of Adherence” means the deed of adherence, in the form set
out in Part B of [bullet], executed and delivered by CyprusCo2 pursuant to clause 4.2.1; 
 “CyprusCo2 Legal
Opinion” means the legal opinion as to certain matters of Cyprus lawto be delivered to Lion at Completion in a form reasonably satisfactory to Lion; 
 “Delhaize Credit Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated 1 December 2009, among Lion’s Guarantor, as guarantor, Delhaize America, LLC, as
borrower, the subsidiary guarantor’s party thereto, the lender’s party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender, and Bank of America, N.A. and Fortis Capital Corp., as syndication
agents, issuing banks and swingline lenders; 
 “Delvelpro” means Delvelpro d.o.o. Beograd; 

“Disclosed” means specifically and fairly disclosed (with sufficient details to identify the nature and scope of the
matter being disclosed); 
 “Disclosed Supply Contracts” means the contracts listed in [bullet];

 “Disclosure Letters” means the First Disclosure Letter and the Second Disclosure Letter; 

“DMD” means Delta DMD d.o.o. Beograd; 
 “Draft 2010 Accounts” has the meaning given to it in clause 3.7; 

“EBITDA Adjustment Amount” means: 
  

	 	(a)	if the 2010 EBITDA is EUR 78,000,000 or more, zero; or 

  

	 	(b)	if the 2010 EBITDA is less than EUR 78,000,000 but not less than EUR 77,000,000, an amount in Euros equal to: 

((78,000,000 – 2010 EBITDA) / 1,000,000) x 12,000,000; 

“Ela Amount” means the amount (in Euro) by which the amount paid to Ela Kotor pursuant to the put or call option to
acquire the 49 per cent. of the share capital in Ela Kotor set out in the Ela Purchase Agreement exceeds €8,000,000; 

“Ela Option” means the amount provided for in the 2010 Accounts in respect of the liability of Delta Maxi Beograd
pursuant to any exercise of the put or call option to acquire the 49 per cent. of the share capital in Ela Kotor set out in the Ela Purchase Agreement; 
 “Ela Purchase Agreement” means the purchase agreement relating to Ela Kotor between Delta Maxi Beograd, Napredak a.d. Kotor and Exponat d.o.o. Kotor dated 29 July 2008; 

  
 - 4 -

 “Encumbrance” means (other than by virtue of this Agreement) any interest
or equity of any person (including any right to acquire, option or right of pre-emption or conversion) or any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation, security interest, title retention or other security agreement or arrangement or
right exercisable by a third party having similar effect; 
 “Environment Law” means any and all laws which have
as a purpose or effect the protection of, or remediation works in respect of, the environment; 
 “Escrow Agent”
means the escrow agent who is to be appointed pursuant to an Escrow Letter and “Escrow Agents” means both of them; 
 “Escrow Letters” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the instruction letter in the agreed form from Lion and SerbCo to Banca Intesa in relation to the Guarantee Escrow Account; and 

 

	 	(b)	the instruction letter in relation to the Relevant Claims Escrow Account from Lion and SerbCo to Société Générale in the agreed form (or, if
Société Générale refuses to act as the Escrow Agent in relation to the Relevant Claims Escrow Account, to such other Escrow Agent (being an international financial institution agreed between Lion and HTM) and in such
other form as such other Escrow Agent, HTM and Lion may agree); 

 “Estimated Claim Amount” means,
in respect of a Relevant Claim notified by Lion in accordance with this Agreement or the Tax Deed which has not been agreed or determined at the relevant time, the amount agreed between the relevant Seller(s) and Lion as being a reasonable estimate
of the amount (if any) likely to be recovered by Lion pursuant to that Relevant Claim or, in default of such agreement, the amount determined as being a reasonable estimate of the amount (if any) likely, on a balance of probabilities, to be
recovered by Lion pursuant to that Relevant Claim by a Queen’s Counsel based in London who specialises in commercial disputes, as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	the Queen’s Counsel shall be instructed by the relevant Seller(s) and Lion (or, in default of agreement between the relevant Seller(s) and Lion on the identity of
such Queen’s Counsel, instructed (on the application of either the relevant Seller(s) or Lion, whichever applies first) by the Chairman for the time being of the General Council of the Bar) not less than 45 days prior to either a proposed
payment out of the Relevant Claims Escrow Account pursuant to clause 10.3, or the proposed release, from the security granted thereover, of the relevant part of the Secured Assets or the Alternative Secured Assets pursuant to clause 11.1 or 11.2;

  

	 	(b)	such Queen’s Counsel’s fees shall be payable by the relevant Seller(s) and Lion in the proportions determined by such Queen’s Counsel;

  

	 	(c)	the instructions to such Queen’s Counsel shall be: 

  

	 	(i)	to determine, within 40 days following the date of his instruction, whether, on a balance of probabilities, the Relevant Claim, if pursued, will succeed and, if so, the
amount which is a reasonable estimate of the amount likely to be recovered by Lion pursuant to that Relevant Claim; 

  
 - 5 -

	 	(ii)	to give Lion and the relevant Seller(s) a reasonable opportunity to make representations in writing to him within 15 days of his appointment, and to require that each
supplies the other with a copy of any such representations at the same time as they are made to such Queen’s Counsel; and 

  

	 	(iii)	to give Lion and the relevant Seller(s) a reasonable opportunity, on one occasion, to make representations in writing to him within 10 days of, and in response to, the
representations in writing made by the relevant Seller(s) or Lion respectively, and require that each supplies the other with a copy of any such representations at the same time as they are made to such Queen’s Counsel; and

  

	 	(d)	such Queen’s Counsel shall: 

  

	 	(i)	be entitled to request any information and evidence as he may require for the purpose of making the determination in accordance with paragraph (c)(i);

  

	 	(ii)	act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and his decision (save in the case of manifest error) shall be final and binding on the relevant Seller(s) and Lion for the
purposes of clauses 10.3 and 11.1, 

 it being understood and agreed that the instructing of such Queen’s
Counsel and his determination shall be without prejudice to the outcome of any action brought in respect of that Relevant Claim, whether as to liability or quantum, and that no statement made or information provided by a party to such Queen’s
Counsel may be adduced by the other party in any proceedings relating to that Relevant Claim; 
 “EV Adjustment
Amount” means an amount in Euros, set out in the Supplemental Report, equal to: 
  

	 	(a)	the Financial Debt; minus 

  

	 	(b)	the amount of the Short-term financial investments; minus 

  

	 	(c)	the amount of the Cash and cash equivalents; minus 

  

	 	(d)	the Other Cash-Like Items; plus 

  

	 	(e)	the amount of the Non-controlling interest; plus 

  

	 	(f)	the Operating Working Capital Days Adjustment; plus 

  

	 	(g)	the amount by which the Other Current Liabilities not already included in Financial Debt exceeds €22,000,000; plus 

 

	 	(h)	the amount by which the Other Current Assets is less than €19,000,000; 

  
 - 6 -

 “Event” means an event, act, transaction or omission including, without
limitation, a receipt or accrual of income or gains, distribution, failure to distribute, acquisition, disposal, transfer, payment, loan or advance; 
 “Extended Indemnity Claim” means a claim made by Lion pursuant to clause 8.4 in respect of the Specific Indemnity Matters set out in Part B of [bullet]; 

“Financial Debt” means an amount equal to: 

 

	 	(a)	the Short-Term Financial Liabilities; plus 

  

	 	(b)	the Long-Term Financial Liabilities; plus 

  

	 	(c)	the amount of the Interest; 

 “Financial Master Index” means the index “Bank Loans and related Collaterals 31.12.10” in the agreed form; 

“First Disclosure Letter” means the letter from HTM to Lion in relation to the Warranties having the same date as this
Agreement; 
 “First Escrow Instructions” means the letter from SerbCo and Lion, in the form set out in Appendix
2 to the Guarantee Certificate, to be delivered pursuant to clause 4.3; 
 “First Tranche Share” means the
participation in the registered share capital of Delta Maxi Beograd, representing, as at Completion, 82.2 per cent. of the registered share capital of Delta Maxi Beograd; 
 “First Tranche Share Sale Agreement” means the sale agreement to be executed and certified on the Completion Date, between SerbCo and Lion (or, if relevant, the Transferee) (or
Lion’s or the Transferee’s nominee), relating to the transfer of the First Tranche Share from SerbCo to Lion (or, if relevant, the Transferee (or Lion or the Transferee’s nominee)), in the agreed form; 

“Forcan Claim” means a claim made by Lion pursuant to clause 8.4 in respect of the Specific Indemnity Matter referred to
in Part C of [bullet]; 
 “Guarantee Certificate” means a certificate, in the form set out in
[bullet], to be delivered by HTM to Lion to confirm satisfaction of the Guarantee Condition (if and when the Guarantee Condition is satisfied); 
 “Guarantee Claim” means a claim made by Lion pursuant to clause 6.1; 
 “Guarantee Condition” means the Condition in clause 3.1.7; 

“Guarantee Escrow Account” means the separately designated interest bearing Euro account with Banca Intesa, in the name
of Lion into which payment of the SerbCo Escrow Amount will be made by Lion on Completion; 

  
 - 7 -

 “Hemslade” means Hemslade Trading Limited, a limited liability company
incorporated in Cyprus (registered number HE43226); 
 “IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, as adopted by the European Union; 
 “Insurance
Policies” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 21.1 of [bullet]; 
 “Intellectual Property”
means patents, rights to inventions, copyright and related rights, moral rights, trade marks, service marks and trade names, domain names, rights in get-up, rights to goodwill or to sue for passing off or unfair competition, rights in designs,
rights in confidential information (including Know-How), database rights and any other intellectual property rights or rights of a similar nature (but excluding any and all intellectual property rights or rights of a similar nature (whether
registered or unregistered) comprised within the IT Systems or IT Contracts), in each case whether registered or unregistered, and including all applications (or rights to apply) for, and renewals or extensions of, such rights and all similar or
equivalent rights or forms of protection which subsist or will subsist now or in the future in any part of the world; 

“Intellectual Property Rights” means the Intellectual Property set out in the First Disclosure Letter; 

“Internal Restructuring” means the group restructuring described in the agreed form report from Deloitte entitled Delta
Maxi Holding Pre Transaction Restructuring and dated 28 February 2011; 
 “Inventories Days Differential”
means an amount in Serbian Dinars (which may only be a positive figure for the purposes of the Operating Working Capital Days Adjustment) equal to: 
  

	 	(a)	if AID is less than 33, ((33 - AID) / 360) x Cost of goods sold; and 

 

	 	(b)	in all other cases, zero, 

where AID means a number of days equal to: (Inventories x 360) / Cost of goods sold; 

“Inventory Effective Date” has the meaning given to it in clause 5.1; 

“IT Contracts” means any agreements, licences or other contractual arrangements to which a Target Group Company is a
party with any third party or any Retained Group Company, relating to the IT Systems or IT Services, including licences of all software, leases of hardware and other procurement of IT Systems or IT Services; 

“IT Services” means any services relating to the IT Systems or to any other aspect of the Target Group’s data
processing or other information technology requirements, including software development, support or maintenance/managed services, consultancy, source code deposit, recovery and network services, facilities management or hardware maintenance/managed
services; 

  
 - 8 -

 “IT Systems” means all computer programs (in both source and object code
form), computer hardware and peripherals, telecommunications and network equipment owned, used, leased or licensed in by or to the Target Group, or the Retained Group for the benefit of the Target Group; 

“Kosovo Amount” means €4,800,000; 
 “Kosovo Completion” means the registration, prior to Completion, of the issued shares in City Hypermarket in the name of a company listed in [bullet]; 

“Kosovo Liability” means the total liabilities (in Euro) of City Hypermarket, as set out in the financial statements of
that company in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2010 minus the current assets (in Euro) of City Hypermarket, as set out in the financial statements of that company in respect of the financial year ended 31 December
2010; 
 “Know-How” means all inventions, improvements, modifications, processes, formulae, models, prototypes
and sketches, drawings, plans or specifications or any other matters made, devised, developed or discovered by any Target Group Company, alone or with one or more others, relating to or otherwise in connection with the Business; 

“Leakage” has the meaning given to it in Part A of [bullet]; 

“Licences In” means the licences, agreements, authorisations and permissions pursuant to which any Target Group Company
uses or exploits (or is permitted to use or exploit) any Intellectual Property belonging to any person that is not a Target Group Company set out in the First Disclosure Letter; 

“Licences Out” means the licences, agreements, authorisations and permissions pursuant to which any Target Group Company
authorises or permits the use of any Intellectual Property belonging to a Target Group Company to any person that is not a Target Group Company set out in the First Disclosure Letter; 

“Lion” has the meaning given to it in paragraph (2) of the list of parties to this Agreement, subject to clause
20.3.4; 
 “Lion Group Company” means Lion or a company which is, on or at any time after the date of this
Agreement, an Affiliate of Lion and includes each Target Group Company after Completion; 
 “Locked Box Date”
means 1 January 2011; 
 “Long-Term Financial Assets” means an amount equal to: 

 

	 	(a)	the amount of the Long-term financial investments; plus 

  

	 	(b)	the amount of the Related party investments, 

  
 - 9 -

 translated into Euro in accordance with the methodology to be applied in the Supplemental
Report; 
 “Long-Term Financial Liabilities” means an amount (expressed as a positive figure) equal to:

  

	 	(a)	the amount of the Long-term financial liabilities; minus 

  

	 	(b)	the principal amount outstanding, if any, under the Novofan Loan (as set out in the 2010 Accounts); minus 

 

	 	(c)	the Ela Option; minus 

  

	 	(d)	such part of the principal amount outstanding on the TP Srbija/VIR Loans as is not repayable within 12 months of 31 December 2010 (as reflected in the 2010
Accounts), 

 translated into Euro in accordance with the methodology to be applied in the Supplemental Report;

 “Longstop Date” means the date falling six months after the date of this Agreement (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, on the first Business Day immediately following such day) or such later date as the parties may agree; 

“Losses and Expenses” means actions, proceedings, losses (including any payments made under any compromise or settlement
made in compliance with paragraph 7.1.4 of [bullet]), damages, liabilities, claims, demands, costs and expenses, including fines, penalties, clean-up costs, and properly incurred legal and other professional fees; 

“Novofan” means Novofan Investments Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in Cyprus (registered number HE
244439); 
 “Novofan Loan” means the loan from Novofan to Primer C; 

“Operating Working Capital Days Adjustment” means an amount (which may be a positive or negative figure) equal to:

  

	 	(a)	the Trade Receivables Days Differential; plus 

  

	 	(b)	the Inventories Days Differential; plus 

  

	 	(c)	the Payables Days Differential, 

such amount to be translated into Euro in accordance with the methodology to be applied in the Supplemental Report; 

“Other Cash-Like Items” means any Non-trade receivables from Approved RG Companies, translated (other than where
such Non-trade receivables are taken into account in the Trade Receivables) into Euro in accordance with the methodology to be applied in the Supplemental Report; 

  
 - 10 -

 “Other Current Assets” means an amount equal to: 

 

	 	(a)	the amount of the Advances paid; plus 

  

	 	(b)	the amount of the Receivables for overpaid income taxes; plus 

 

	 	(c)	the amount of the VAT and prepayments and deferred expenses, 

 translated into Euro in accordance with the methodology to be applied in the Supplemental Report; 
 “Other Current Liabilities” means the amount equal to: 
  

	 	(a)	the amount of the Advances received; plus 

  

	 	(b)	the amount of the Other short-term liabilities and accruals (excluding, for these purposes, the amount of the Interest in the Other short-term
liabilities and accruals); plus 

  

	 	(c)	the amount of the Profit tax liabilities, 

 translated into Euro in accordance with the methodology to be applied in the Supplemental Report; 
 “Payables Days Differential” means an amount in Serbian Dinars (which may be a positive or negative figure) equal to: 

 

	 	(a)	if APD exceeds 131, (APD – 131) / 360; 

  

	 	(b)	if APD is less than 125, (APD – 125) / 360; 

  

	 	(c)	if APD does not exceed 131 and is not less than 125, zero, 

 where, in each case, APD means a number of days equal to: (Payables x 360) / Cost of goods sold; 
 “Permits” means any and all licences, consents, permits, registrations, filings, exemptions, approvals, authorisations or the like, made or issued pursuant to or under, or required by any
law, regulation, authority, court or similar, including under or in respect of any Environment Law or otherwise; 

“Permitted Leakage” has the meaning given to it in Part B of [bullet]; 

“Pre-Completion Inventory Count” means an inventory stock count undertaken by or on behalf of a Relevant Target Group
Company at each of the individual retail units occupied by such Relevant Target Group Company in Serbia, Albania or Bosnia-Herzegovina (as the case may be) under the applicable following brands: Tempo; Tempo Express; Maxi; Euromax; Euromax
Express and Minimaxi, such inventory stock counts to be undertaken (save as provided by clause 5) on a basis which is in all material respects consistent with the practices and procedures adopted by such Relevant Target Group Company in
respect of inventory stock counts undertaken by it during the financial year ended 31 December 2010; 

  
 - 11 -

 “Pre-Completion Inventory Statement” means a statement in the form set out
in [bullet]; 
 “Primary Consolidated Financial Statements” means the consolidated statement of financial
position as at 31 December 2010, the consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2010, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2010, the consolidated cash flow statement for
2010, the consolidated statement of changes in equity for 2010 and the notes relating thereto (comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information) in respect of the 2010 Accounts Entities; 

“Primer C” means Primer C d.o.o. Beograd, a limited liability company incorporated in Serbia (registered number
17571818), the issued share capital of which is held, as at the date of this Agreement, by Delta Maxi Beograd (as to 22.62 per cent.) and Novofan (as to 77.38 per cent.); 

“Properties” means the properties of the Target Group, details of which are set out in the Properties Schedule, and
“Property” means any one of the Properties; 
 “Properties Schedule” means the schedule, in the
agreed form and to be delivered by HTM to Lion, setting out certain details in relation to each of the Properties; 

“Purchase Price” means a cash amount (in Euro) equal to: 

 

	 	(a)	€932,500,000; minus 

  

	 	(b)	the EBITDA Adjustment Amount; minus 

  

	 	(c)	the EV Adjustment Amount; minus 

  

	 	(d)	the Kosovo Liability or, if Kosovo Completion has not occurred, the Kosovo Amount; minus 

 

	 	(e)	the amount arising from any adjustment(s) pursuant to 5.2 or clause 7.6.2; 

 “Recorded Pre-Completion Inventory” means the aggregate amount of the inventories of the Relevant Target Group Companies, as set out in the monthly management accounts of the Relevant
Target Group Companies in respect of the period ending on the Inventory Effective Date, translated into Euros at the official middle exchange rate for Euro as at the day immediately preceding the Inventory Effective Date published by the National
Bank of Serbia; 
 “Regulatory Condition” has the meaning given to it in clause 3.2; 

“Related Party Contract” means each contract, agreement or arrangement between any Target Group Company and any Retained
Group Company which, in each case, is in force at the date of this Agreement, listed in the First Disclosure Letter; 

  
 - 12 -

 “Relevant Claim” means a claim by Lion under or pursuant to any provision
of this Agreement or the Tax Deed; 
 “Relevant Claims Escrow Account” means the separately designated interest
bearing Euro account with Société Générale (Paris branch) (or, if Société Générale refuses to act as the Escrow Agent in relation to the Relevant Claims Escrow Account, such other branch (not
being a branch in Serbia) of an international financial institution as may be agreed between Lion and HTM) in the name of the Escrow Agent into which payment of the Relevant Claims Escrow Amount will be made by Lion at Completion; 

“Relevant Claims Escrow Amount” means the amount of €100,000,000; 

“Relevant Related Party Contract” means a contract, agreement or arrangement between a Target Group Company and a
Retained Group Company set out in the agreed form list of Relevant Related Party Contracts, which in each case Lion acknowledges and agrees has been Disclosed for the purposes of clause 7.3. 

“Relevant Sales” means the aggregate sales of the Relevant Target Group Companies (applying the same accounting
principles and practices as in the determination of Sales (to the extent applicable to the Relevant Target Group Companies)) in the period from 1 January 2011 to the Inventory Effective Date; 

“Relevant Target Group Companies” means Delta Maxi Beograd, C Market, Pekabeta, TP Srbija, Euromax and DMBL; 

“Relevant Territories” means the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia, Montenegro, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Albania,
Bulgaria, Romania and Greece, and, if Kosovo Completion has occurred, Kosovo; 
 “Retained Group Company” means
HTM or any person which is, on or at any time after the date of this Agreement, an Affiliate of HTM (but excluding any Target Group Company) and “Retained Group” means HTM and all such Affiliates; 

“Retained Group Guarantee” mean any subsisting guarantee, provided by any Retained Group Company to secure the
obligations of a Target Group Company, which is included in the Financial Master Index; 
 “Retained
Participations” has the meaning given to it in clause 8.6.2; 
 “Restructuring Condition” means the
Condition in clause 3.1.6; 
 “Second Disclosure Letter” means the letter from the Sellers to Lion in relation
to the Warranties, which the Sellers shall deliver to Lion subject to and in accordance with clause 7.2; 
 “Second
Tranche Share” means the participation in the registered share capital of Delta Maxi Beograd, representing, as at Completion, 17.8 per cent. of the registered share capital of Delta Maxi Beograd; 

“Second Tranche Share Sale Agreement” means the sale agreement to be executed and certified on the Completion Date,
between CyprusCo2 and Lion (or, if relevant, 

  
 - 13 -

 
the Transferee) (or Lion’s or the Transferee’s nominee), relating to the transfer of the Second Tranche Share from CyprusCo2 to Lion (or, if relevant, the Transferee (or Lion or the
Transferee’s nominee)), in the agreed form; 
 “Secured Assets” has the meaning given to it in clause 11.1;

 “Sellers” means HTM, together with CyprusCo2 (following execution of the CyprusCo2 Deed of Adherence) and
SerbCo (following execution of the SerbCo Deed of Adherence), and “Seller” shall be construed accordingly; 

“Senior Management Employee” means any person listed in [bullet]; 

“SerbCo” means a private limited company (d.o.o.) to be incorporated in Serbia as a wholly-owned subsidiary of
CyprusCo1; 
 “SerbCo Amount” has the meaning given to it in clause 2.2; 

“SerbCo Deed of Adherence” means the deed of adherence, in the form set out in Part B of [bullet], executed and
delivered by SerbCo pursuant to clause 4.2.1; 
 SerbCo Escrow Amount” has the meaning given to it in clause 2.3.1;

 “Serbian Target Group Company” means a Target Group Company whose place of incorporation is in Serbia;

 “Shares” means the First Tranche Share and the Second Tranche Share; 

“Short-Term Financial Liabilities” means an amount (expressed as a positive figure) equal to: 

 

	 	(a)	the amount of the Short-term financial liabilities; minus 

  

	 	(b)	such part of the principal amount outstanding on the TP Srbija/VIR Loans as is repayable within 12 months of 31 December 2010 (as reflected in the 2010 Accounts),

 translated into Euro in accordance with the methodology to be applied in the Supplemental Report; 

“Specific Indemnity Matters” means the matters and circumstances set out in [bullet]; 

“Supplemental Report” means the audited report which is based on, and supplements, the Primary Consolidated Financial
Statements, and which shall: 
  

	 	(a)	include translation of the Primary Consolidated Financial Statements into Euro as follows: 

 

	 	(i)	the consolidated income statement shall be translated using the average rate for the year 2010 (based on the daily closing rates published by the National Bank of
Serbia); 

  
 - 14 -

	 	(ii)	assets and liabilities shall be translated using the year-end (31 December 2010) closing rate (as published by the National Bank of Serbia); and

  

	 	(iii)	equity shall be carried forward at historic rates and all resulting exchange differences shall be recognised as a separate component of equity (cumulative translation
adjustment – CTA); 

  

	 	(b)	include computation of the 2010 EBITDA and the EV Adjustment Amount (in each case on the basis of the Primary Consolidated Financial Statements); and

  

	 	(c)	not be subject to any audit qualification; 

 “Target Group Company” means a company listed in [bullet] or, if(and then from the date that) Kosovo Completion occurs, any such company or City Hypermarket; and “Target
Group” means all those companies listed in [bullet] together with, if Kosovo Completion has occurred, City Hypermarket; 
 “Target Group Guarantee” means any subsisting guarantee provided by any Target Group Company to secure the obligations of a Retained Group Company, ITM d.o.o. Beograd, Jugohemija a.d.
Beograd, Jugohemija Farmacija d.o.o Beograd or Beta ITH PBB d.o.o. Beograd, particulars of which are set out in the First Disclosure Letter; 
 “Tax” has the meaning given to it in the Tax Deed; 

“Taxation Authority” has the meaning given to it in the Tax Deed; 

“Tax Claim” means a Tax Warranty Claim and/or claim under the Tax Deed; 

“Tax Deed” means the deed of tax covenant, in the agreed form, to be entered into between HTM, CyprusCo2, SerbCo and Lion
at Completion; 
 “Tax Warranty Claim” means a claim made by Lion in respect of the Warranties contained in
paragraph 17 of [bullet]; 
 “TP Srbija/VIR Loans” means: 

 

	 	(a)	the outstanding principal in the 2010 Accounts of the EUR 3,400,000 loan from Hypo Alpe Adria Bank to TP Srbija a.d. Kragujevac (made pursuant to a loan agreement dated
17 February 2010); 

  

	 	(b)	the outstanding principal in the 2010 Accounts of the RSD 50,000,000 loan from Univerzal Banka to TP Srbija a.d. Kragujevac (made pursuant to a loan agreement dated
19 March 2010); 

  
 - 15 -

	 	(c)	the outstanding principal in the 2010 Accounts of the EUR 640,461 loan from Fond za Razvoj Republike Srbije to TP Srbija a.d. Kragujevac (made pursuant to a loan
agreement dated 17 February 2010); and 

  

	 	(d)	the outstanding principal in the 2010 Accounts of such part of the EUR 3,300,000 loan from Marfin Bank to Delta Maxi Beograd (made pursuant to a loan agreement dated
29 June 2010) as was provided for the purpose of refinancing the EUR 1,700,000 loan from Bank Austria Creditanstalt to VIR d.o.o. Beograd and the EUR 1,200,000 loan from Unicredi Banke Serbia to VIR d.o.o. Beograd, 

translated into Euro in accordance with the methodology to be applied in the Supplemental Report; 

“Trade Receivables” means an amount equal to: 

 

	 	(a)	the amount of the Trade receivables; minus 

  

	 	(b)	the amount of the Other receivables; minus 

  

	 	(c)	the Other Cash-Like Items; 

“Trade Receivables Days Differential” means an amount in Serbian Dinars (which may be a positive or negative figure)
equal to: 
  

	 	(a)	if ATRD exceeds 19, ((19 – ATRD) / 360) x Sales; 

  

	 	(b)	if ATRD is less than 15, ((15 – ATRD) / 360) x Sales; 

  

	 	(c)	if ATRD does not exceed 19 and is not less than 15, zero, 

 where, in each case, ATRD means a number of days equal to: 
 (Trade
Receivables x 360) / Sales; 
 “Transaction” means the transactions contemplated under this
Agreement; 
 “Transactional Documents” means this Agreement, the Tax Deed, the Transitional Services Agreement,
the Disclosure Letters, the CyprusCo2 Deed of Adherence, the SerbCo Deed of Adherence, any deed of adherence that is entered into pursuant to clause 20.3 and all other documents expressed to be in the agreed form; 

“Transferee” has the meaning given to it in clause 20.3; 

“Transitional Services Agreement” means the transitional services agreement to be entered into at Completion between
Delta Maxi Beograd and Delta M d.o.o. Beograd in the agreed form; 
 “Warranty” means a statement contained in
[bullet]; 
 “Warranty Claim” means a claim made by Lion in respect of a breach of Warranty; and

  
 - 16 -

 “Wider Territories” means the Relevant Territories, Croatia, the European
Union, Kazakhstan, Moldova, Russia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. 
  

	1.3	In this Agreement, a reference to: 

  

	 	1.3.1	“holding company” is a reference to a company which holds a majority of the voting rights in another company, or which is a member of another company
and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors, or which is a member of another company and controls a majority of the voting rights in it under an agreement with other members; and a reference to a
“subsidiary” is a reference to a company in relation to which another company is its holding company; 

  

	 	1.3.2	liability under, pursuant to or arising out of (or any analogous expression) any agreement, contract, deed or other instrument includes a reference to contingent
liability under, pursuant to or arising out of (or any analogous expression) that agreement, contract, deed or other instrument; 

  

	 	1.3.3	a party being liable to another party, or to liability, includes, but is not limited to, any liability in contract or tort (including negligence);

  

	 	1.3.4	a statutory provision includes a reference to the statutory provision as modified or re-enacted or both from time to time before the date of this Agreement and any
subordinate legislation made under the statutory provision (as so modified or re-enacted) before the date of this Agreement; 

  

	 	1.3.5	a “person” includes a reference to any individual, firm, company, corporation or other body corporate, government, state or agency of a state or any
joint venture, association or partnership, works council or employee representative body (whether or not having separate legal personality); 

  

	 	1.3.6	a person includes a reference to that person’s legal personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns; 

 

	 	1.3.7	“release” or “released” means, in respect of a Target Group Guarantee or Retained Group Guarantee, the Target Group Company or
Retained Group Company that is liable under such Target Group Guarantee or Retained Group Guarantee respectively being irrevocably and unconditionally released from its obligations under such Target Group Guarantee or Retained Group Guarantee
respectively and/or the underlying obligation that is being guaranteed by that Target Group Company or Retained Group Company respectively being discharged, and “unreleased” shall be construed accordingly; 

 

	 	1.3.8	a “party” means Lion, Lion’s Guarantor or a Seller, and includes a reference to that party’s successors and permitted assigns;

  

	 	1.3.9	a document in the “agreed form” is a reference to a document in a form approved and for the purposes of identification initialled by or on behalf of
each party; 

  

	 	1.3.10	a clause, paragraph or Schedule, unless the context otherwise requires, is a reference to a clause or paragraph of, or schedule to, this Agreement;

  
 - 17 -

	 	1.3.11	“Euro”, “EUR” or “€” is a reference to the lawful currency of Member States of the European Union that have
adopted the single currency introduced at the start of the third stage of the European Economic and Monetary Union pursuant to the Treaty establishing the European Community, as amended; 

 

	 	1.3.12	“RSD” or “Serbian Dinar” is a reference to the lawful currency from time to time of the Republic of Serbia; 

 

	 	1.3.13	times of the day is to Central European Time; and 

  

	 	1.3.14	particular Target Group Companies shall take their meanings from [bullet]. 

 

	1.4	The headings in this Agreement do not affect its interpretation. 

  

	1.5	The ejusdem generis principle of construction shall not apply to this Agreement. Accordingly, general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of
their being preceded or followed by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things or by examples falling within the general words. Any phrase introduced by the terms “other”, “including”, “include” and
“in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms. 

  

	1.6	Where any number or amount is expressed as a negative number or amount and/or is preceded by the minus sign, or a calculation results in a negative number or amount and
such negative number or amount is to be subtracted from another number or amount (whether positive or negative), then applying the general rule of arithmetic, the equivalent positive number or amount shall be added to that other number or amount
(for example, 5-6=(5+6)=11). Where any two amounts are being compared for the purpose of the determining which exceeds which, a positive amount is greater than a negative amount and, of two negative amounts, the amount closer to zero is the
greater amount. The symbol “/” shall mean divided by, and the symbol “x” shall mean multiplied by. 

  

	1.7	Any monetary sum to be taken into account for the purposes of any Warranty or [bullet] where that sum is expressed in a currency other than Euro shall be
translated into Euro: 

  

	 	1.7.1	in the case of Albanian Lek, at the official exchange rate for Euros as at the day immediately preceding the date of this Agreement (or, if such day is not a Business
Day, on the Business Day immediately preceding such day) published by the Bank of Albania; 

  

	 	1.7.2	in the case of Bulgarian Lev, at the rate of 1 Euro for 1.95583 Bulgarian Levs; 

 

	 	1.7.3	in the case of Bosnia-Herzegovina Convertible Mark, at the rate of 1 Euro for 1.95583 Bosnia-Herzegovina Convertible Marks; and 

 

	 	1.7.4	in the case of Serbian Dinar, at the official middle exchange rate for Euro as at the day immediately preceding the date of this Agreement (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, on the Business Day immediately preceding such day) published by the National Bank of Serbia. 

  
 - 18 -

	1.8	Where it is necessary to determine whether a monetary limit or threshold referred to in [bullet] has been reached or exceeded and the value of the Relevant Claim
is expressed in a currency other than Euro, the value of that Relevant Claim shall be translated into Euro: 

  

	 	1.8.1	in the case of Albanian Lek, at the official exchange rate for Euros as at the date of receipt by the Sellers of written notification from Lion in accordance with
paragraph 2 of [bullet] of the existence of such claim (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the Business Day immediately preceding such day) published by the Bank of Albania; 

 

	 	1.8.2	in the case of Bulgarian Lev, at the rate of 1 Euro for 1.95583 Bulgarian Levs (or, if at the date of receipt by the Sellers of written notification from Lion in
accordance with paragraph 2 of [bullet] of the existence of such claim, such rate of exchange is a floating and not fixed rate, the official rate of exchange as at that date (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the Business Day
immediately preceding such day) published by The Central Bank of Bulgaria); 

  

	 	1.8.3	in the case of Bosnia-Herzegovina Convertible Mark, at the rate of 1 Euro for 1.95583 Bosnia-Herzegovina Convertible Marks (or, if at the date of receipt by the Sellers
of written notification from Lion in accordance with paragraph 2 of [bullet] of the existence of such claim, such rate of exchange is a floating and not fixed rate, the official rate of exchange as at that date (or if such day is not a
Business Day, on the Business Day immediately preceding such day) published by The Central Bank of Bosnia-Herzegovina); 

  

	 	1.8.4	in the case of the lawful currency of Kosovo (to the extent that such is not the Euro), at the relevant fixed exchange rate for Euro (or, if at the date of receipt by
the Sellers of written notification from Lion in accordance with paragraph 2 of [bullet] of the existence of such claim, such rate of exchange is a floating and not fixed rate, the official rate of exchange as at that date (or if such day is
not a Business Day, on the Business Day immediately preceding such day) published by The Central Bank of the Republic of Kosovo); and 

  

	 	1.8.5	in the case of Serbian Dinar, at the official middle exchange rate for Euro as at the date of receipt by the Sellers of written notification from Lion in accordance
with paragraph 2 of [bullet] of the existence of such claim (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the Business Day immediately preceding such day) published by the National Bank of Serbia. 

 

	2.	SALE AND PURCHASE 

  

	2.1	On and subject to the terms of this Agreement HTM agrees to procure the sale of, and Lion agrees to buy, the Shares and each right attaching to the Shares at or after
Completion, free from any Encumbrance. 

  
 - 19 -

	2.2	The aggregate consideration payable for the Shares is the Purchase Price, 82.2 per cent. of which (the “SerbCo Amount”) shall be payable to SerbCo
and 17.8 per cent. of which (the “CyprusCo2 Amount”) shall be payable to CyprusCo2. 

  

	2.3	Lion shall pay, on account of the Purchase Price, to: 

  

	 	2.3.1	SerbCo an amount (the “SerbCo Escrow Amount”) equal to: 

  

	 	(a)	the SerbCo Amount; minus  

  

	 	(b)	by way of a retention in respect of the SerbCo Amount, the Relevant Claims Escrow Amount; and 

 

	 	2.3.2	to CyprusCo2 the CyprusCo2 Amount, 

 in each case, at Completion and in accordance with clause 4.3. 
  

	2.4	HTM covenants that, subject to the completion of the partial demerger and the contribution referred to in recital (A) of this Agreement, the completion of the
Internal Restructuring, and the satisfaction of the Condition in clause 3.1.10, it: 

  

	 	2.4.1	will have the right to procure the transfer of the legal and beneficial title to the Shares in accordance with this Agreement; and 

 

	 	2.4.2	will procure that the Shares are transferred free from all Encumbrances. 

  

	2.5	HTM waives (and undertakes to procure that each other person shall waive) all rights of pre-emption or similar rights over any of the Shares conferred on it or any
other person either by the articles of association of Delta Maxi Beograd, or in any other way. 

  

	3.	CONDITIONS 

  

	3.1	Completion is conditional on the following Conditions being satisfied or waived in accordance with this Agreement: 

 

	 	3.1.1	the Competition Authority of Albania having issued a merger clearance in respect of the Transaction, or the relevant time periods for such a decision to be issued
having expired without the Commission for Competition Authority of Albania adopting such a decision; 

  

	 	3.1.2	the Commission for the Protection of Competition of Bulgaria having issued a merger clearance in respect of the Transaction; 

 

	 	3.1.3	the Kosovo Competition Commission having issued a merger clearance in respect of the Transaction, or the relevant time periods for such a decision to be issued having
expired without the Kosovo Competition Commission adopting such a decision; 

  

	 	3.1.4	the Department of Internal Trade and Competition of the Ministry of Economy of the Republic of Montenegro having issued a merger clearance in respect of the
Transaction, or the relevant time periods for such a decision to be issued having expired without the Department of Internal Trade and Competition of the Ministry of Economy of the Republic of Montenegro adopting such a decision;

  
 - 20 -

	 	3.1.5	the Commission for Protection of Competition of the Republic of Serbia having issued a merger clearance in respect of the Transaction, or the relevant time periods for
such a decision to be issued having expired without the Commission for Protection of Competition of the Republic of Serbia adopting such a decision; 

  

	 	3.1.6	the Internal Restructuring, and the partial demerger and the contribution referred to in Recital (A) of this Agreement, each in case having been completed, and the
details relating to the Target Group set out in [bullet] having become true and accurate in all respects (save in respect of any changes to item 6 ((Acting) Directors) and/or item 7 (Managing Board) of a Target Group Company as set out in
[bullet], provided that any such change has in each case been notified in writing to Lion prior to Completion); 

  

	 	3.1.7	HTM having delivered to Lion a duly completed Guarantee Certificate showing that the maximum aggregate outstanding liability of the relevant Target Group Companies
under the unreleased Target Group Guarantees set out in Part C of the Appendix 1 to such Guarantee Certificate will, following the release, in accordance with the First Escrow Instructions, of the Target Group Guarantees set out in Part B of the
Appendix to such Guarantee Certificate, be less than €80,000,000; 

  

	 	3.1.8	the 2010 EBITDA being not less than €77,000,000; 

  

	 	3.1.9	the Majority Lenders (as defined in the Delhaize Credit Agreement) having granted a waiver to Lion’s Guarantor and to Delhaize America, LLC in respect of the
Transaction pursuant to Article 6 of the Delhaize Credit Agreement; and 

  

	 	3.1.10	immediately prior to Completion there being no order, injunction, judgment or decree restricting HTM from transferring or procuring the transfer of the Shares to Lion
(including for these purposes the indirect change of ownership of the shares of the Target Group as a consequence of the transfer of the Shares) on the terms of this Agreement. 

 

	3.2	Lion shall make all reasonable efforts to satisfy the Banking Condition (including not taking any action which it is aware is reasonably likely to prejudice the
satisfaction of the Banking Condition), and shall use all reasonable efforts (including agreeing to all conditions, undertakings and/or divestments) to achieve satisfaction of the Conditions in clauses 3.1.1 to 3.1.5 (both inclusive) (each, a
“Regulatory Condition”), in each case as soon as possible after the date of this Agreement and in any event not later than 6 pm on the Longstop Date, provided that in seeking to satisfy the Regulatory Conditions in accordance
with this clause 3.2 Lion shall not be obliged to agree to any conditions, undertakings or divestments if such conditions, undertakings or divestments are material in the context of the Transaction. 

 

	3.3	 Lion shall, to the extent practicable, provide HTM with drafts of material correspondence with each relevant competition authority and any other
competent 

  
 - 21 -

	 	 
authority or body (including Lion’s filing relating to each Regulatory Condition) and, to the extent practicable, shall consult HTM prior to their submission to the competent authorities. In
addition, Lion shall, to the extent practicable, notify HTM in advance of any meetings or material discussions with the relevant governmental authorities, and (where in Lion’s reasonable opinion this would not unduly delay the process) shall
offer HTM the opportunity to have one observer to attend material meetings or discussions unless the relevant authorities prohibit such attendance. 

  

	3.4	The parties agree that the information required to prepare the filings to satisfy the Regulatory Conditions as well as all requests and enquiries from the relevant
competition authorities or any other government, governmental, supranational or trade agency, court or other regulatory body shall be dealt with by HTM and Lion promptly and in consultation with each other and HTM and Lion shall promptly co-operate
with and provide all necessary information and assistance needed in that respect and/or required by the relevant competition authorities or other such government, agency, court or body upon being requested to do so by the other.

  

	3.5	Lion shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to HTM of the satisfaction of the Banking Condition and of each Regulatory Condition, in each case within two
Business Days of its satisfaction. 

  

	3.6	HTM shall satisfy the Restructuring Condition, and shall make all reasonable efforts to satisfy the Guarantee Condition, in each case as soon as possible after the date
of this Agreement and in any event not later than 6 pm on the Longstop Date, and shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lion of the satisfaction of the Restructuring Condition within two Business Days of its satisfaction.

  

	3.7	HTM shall ensure that the Target Group draws up: 

  

	 	3.7.1	the Primary Consolidated Financial Statements: 

  

	 	(a)	on a basis consistent, in all material respects, with the basis on which the 2009 Accounts were prepared (save as Disclosed at paragraph 14.1 of the First Disclosure
Letter and other than, to the extent relevant, in respect of the accounting treatment of the Disclosed Supply Contracts (but without prejudice to the obligation contained in clause 3.7.1(b))) and, in all material respects, in the same format as the
2009 Accounts; and 

  

	 	(b)	which will not be subject to any audit qualification; 

  

	 	3.7.2	the Supplemental Report, 

(together the “Draft 2010 Accounts”), which shall be audited by KPMG d.o.o. Beograd, as soon as practicable following
31 December 2010. 
  

	3.8	 Without prejudice to the requirements of clause 3.7, HTM shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Draft 2010 Accounts are submitted to
Lion for review by Lion by not later than 15 April 2011. The purpose of the provision of the Draft 2010 Accounts to Lion shall be to permit Lion to satisfy itself that the Primary Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in
accordance with clause 

  
 - 22 -

	 	 
3.7.1(a) and for no other purpose. HTM shall procure that the Target Group gives Lion (and its employees, agents and advisers) access (during normal business hours) to all relevant files and/or
working papers (with the right to take copies at Lion’s expense) in the Target Group’s possession or control to the extent they are reasonably required for such purpose, and access at all reasonable times to Jasminka Kiselcic (who shall
give such explanations as Lion may reasonably require for such purpose), provided however that HTM shall not be obliged to make the work papers of KPMG d.o.o. Beograd available to any person unless and until such person has signed a customary
agreement relating to access to such work papers in form and substance reasonably acceptable to KPMG d.o.o. Beograd. Lion and HTM each agree to consult with each other and to promptly co-operate with and provide all necessary information and
assistance reasonably needed in connection with Lion’s review of the Draft 2010 Accounts in accordance with this clause 3.8. 

  

	3.9	The Draft 2010 Accounts shall constitute the 2010 Accounts unless, within 25 Business Days of their being received by Lion, Lion delivers to HTM notice to the contrary
specifying: 

  

	 	3.9.1	the item or items disputed; 

  

	 	3.9.2	Lion’s reasons; and 

  

	 	3.9.3	how the Draft 2010 Accounts should be adjusted, 

 it being agreed that Lion may only dispute items in the Draft 2010 Accounts on the basis that the Primary Consolidated Financial Statements have not been prepared in accordance with clause 3.7.1(a). If
Lion and HTM resolve the matters raised in any such notice in the 15 Business Days following receipt of the notice, the Draft 2010 Accounts (adjusted, if necessary, as agreed by Lion and HTM) shall constitute the 2010 Accounts. 

 

	3.10	If Lion and HTM are unable to reach agreement within 15 Business Days of any such notice as is referred to in clause 3.9, the matter(s) in dispute may, at the written
election of Lion or HTM, be referred to the decision of an independent chartered accountant (the “Independent Accountant”) to be appointed (in default of nomination by agreement between Lion and HTM) by the President for the time
being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales on the written application of Lion or of HTM (whichever applies first). The Independent Accountant shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and neither the Arbitration Act
1996 nor any earlier or later enactments on arbitration shall apply. The Independent Accountant’s decision shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding on the parties for all the purposes of this Agreement. The Draft 2010
Accounts, as adjusted (if necessary) to reflect the Independent Accountant’s final and binding decision, shall constitute the 2010 Accounts. The costs of the Independent Accountant shall be apportioned between the parties as the Independent
Accountant shall decide but each party shall be responsible for its own costs of presenting its case to the Independent Accountant. 

  
 - 23 -

	3.11	At any time on or before 6 pm on the Longstop Date: 

  

	 	3.11.1	Lion may in its absolute discretion waive a Regulatory Condition, the Restructuring Condition, the Banking Condition and/or the Guarantee Condition by notice to HTM on
any terms it decides; and 

  

	 	3.11.2	HTM and Lion may jointly waive the Condition in clause 3.1.8 or 3.1.10 on any terms they decide. 

 

	3.12	If, at any time, a party becomes aware of a fact or circumstance that might prevent a Condition being satisfied, it shall promptly inform the other party of the matter.

  

	3.13	If a Condition has not been satisfied or waived in accordance with this Agreement by 6 pm on the Longstop Date, or a Condition becomes incapable of satisfaction at any
time prior to the Longstop Date and is not waived in accordance with clause 3.11, this Agreement shall automatically terminate with immediate effect. Each party’s further rights and obligations cease immediately on termination, but termination
does not affect a party’s accrued rights and obligations at the date of termination. 

  

	4.	COMPLETION 

  

	4.1	Completion shall take place at the offices of Jankovic, Popovic and Mitic unlimited partnership of lawyers, Belgrade on the date (the “Completion
Date”) which is five Business Days after the date (not being later than the Longstop Date) on which the last of the Conditions to be satisfied (or waived) is satisfied (or waived) in accordance with this Agreement or, if later, five
Business Days after the date of the Pre-Completion Inventory Statement to be delivered to Lion in accordance with clause 5.2. 

  

	4.2	Not less than two Business Days prior to the Completion Date: 

  

	 	4.2.1	HTM shall procure that CyprusCo2 executes and delivers the CyprusCo2 Deed of Adherence and SerbCo executes and delivers the SerbCo Deed of Adherence, it being
acknowledged and agreed by the parties that: 

  

	 	(a)	following the execution of the CyprusCo2 Deed of Adherence and SerbCo Deed of Adherence by CyprusCo2 and SerbCo respectively, each of CyprusCo2 and SerbCo shall have
the benefit of and be subject to the burden of all the applicable provisions and continuing obligations of this Agreement as if it had been an original party and was named in it as CyprusCo2 or SerbCo respectively (and as a Seller), and this
Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly; 

  

	 	(b)	nothing in clause 4.2.1(a) shall affect a party’s accrued rights and obligations under this Agreement or shall be construed as requiring any party to perform again
any obligation or discharge again any liability already performed or discharged, or as entitling any party to receive again any benefit already enjoyed; 

  

	 	(c)	for the purposes of clause 21, CyrpusCo2’s and SerbCo’s respective address shall be that set out in the CyprusCo2 Deed of Adherence and SerbCo Deed of
Adherence respectively; and 

  
 - 24 -

	 	(d)	each of CyprusCo2 and SerbCo may enforce the terms of this clause 4.2.1 subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act
1999; and 

  

	 	4.2.2	SerbCo and Lion shall: 

  

	 	(a)	sign the Escrow Letters; 

  

	 	(b)	ensure that the Escrow Agents have signed the Escrow Letters; and 

  

	 	(c)	sign and deliver the First Escrow Instructions to the Escrow Agent. 

  

	4.3	At Completion HTM and Lion shall do all those things respectively required of them in [bullet], and Lion shall pay: 

 

	 	4.3.1	the CyprusCo2 Amount into the CyprusCo2 Account; 

  

	 	4.3.2	the SerbCo Escrow Amount into the Guarantee Escrow Account; and 

  

	 	4.3.3	the Relevant Claims Escrow Amount into the Relevant Claims Escrow Account, 

 such payments to constitute (once the transfers to the relevant accounts have been completed) an absolute discharge of Lion’s obligations to pay the Purchase Price. 

 

	4.4	The parties agree that: 

  

	 	4.4.1	the Escrow Agent shall, in accordance with the First Escrow Instructions, use monies standing to the credit of the Guarantee Escrow Account to pay:

  

	 	(a)	on behalf of each relevant Retained Group Company identified in Part B of the Guarantee Certificate, by way of repayment of the amount owed by such Retained Group
Company to the financial or other creditor which is a beneficiary of the relevant Target Company Guarantee, the amount identified in Part B of the Appendix 1 to the Guarantee Certificate, within 14 days of the Completion Date; and

  

	 	(b)	to SerbCo an amount equal to: 

  

	 	(i)	the SerbCo Escrow Amount; minus 

  

	 	(ii)	the aggregate amount to be paid pursuant to clause 4.4.1(a); minus 

  

	 	(iii)	the aggregate maximum liability of the Target Group Companies under the Target Group Guarantees which will remain unreleased after the payments in clause 4.4.1(a), as
set out in Part C of Appendix 1 to the Guarantee Certificate, 

 within 1 Business Day of the Completion Date;

  
 - 25 -

	 	4.4.2	the remaining money in the Guarantee Escrow Account, after the payments in clause 4.4.1, shall only be used in accordance with the provisions set out in clause 6 and in
the Escrow Letter that relates to such account, and each party shall ensure that all rights to the Guarantee Escrow Account remain free from any Encumbrance, set off or counterclaim; and 

 

	 	4.4.3	the money in the Relevant Claims Escrow Account shall only be used in accordance with the provisions set out in clause 10 and in the Escrow Letter that relates to such
account, and each party shall ensure that all rights to the Relevant Claims Escrow Account remain free from any Encumbrance, set off or counterclaim. 

  

	4.5	Neither HTM nor Lion is obliged to complete this Agreement unless the other party complies with all its obligations under this clause 4 and [bullet] and if
Completion does not take place on the Completion Date because Lion or HTM fails to comply with any of its obligations under this clause 4 and [bullet] (whether such failure amounts to a repudiatory breach or not) (such defaulting party, the
“Defaulting Party”) and the other of HTM or Lion (the “Non-Defaulting Party”) may by notice to the Defaulting Party: 

  

	 	4.5.1	proceed to Completion to the extent reasonably practicable (without limiting its rights under this Agreement); or 

 

	 	4.5.2	postpone Completion to a date not more than 10 Business Days after the Completion Date and not later than the Long Stop Date. 

 

	4.6	If the Non-Defaulting Party postpones Completion to another date in accordance with clause 4.5.2, the provisions of this Agreement apply as if that other date is the
Completion Date save that the Non-Defaulting Party shall in addition to its other rights under clause 4.5 be entitled to terminate this Agreement if Completion does not take place because the Defaulting Party fails to comply with any of its
obligations under this clause 4 and [bullet] and such failure to comply is material in the context of the Transaction. 

  

	4.7	If a party terminates this Agreement pursuant to clause 4.6, each party’s further rights and obligations cease immediately on termination, but termination does not
affect a party’s accrued rights and obligations at the date of termination. 

  

	4.8	Each of SerbCo and CyprusCo2 declares that so long as it remains the registered holder of all or any part of the First Tranche Share or Second Tranche Share
respectively it will: 

  

	 	4.8.1	hold all or such part of the First Tranche Share or Second Tranche Share (as the case may be) and all dividends and other distributions in respect of it, and all other
rights arising out of or in connection with it, in trust for Lion; and 

  

	 	4.8.2	at all times deal with and dispose of all or such part of the First Tranche Share or Second Tranche Share (as the case may be), and all such dividends, distributions
and rights attaching to it, as Lion may direct (and at Lion’s cost). 

  
 - 26 -

	5.	INVENTORY COUNT 

  

	5.1	HTM shall procure that each Relevant Target Group Company carries out a Pre-Completion Inventory Count by reference to the inventories of such Relevant Target Group
Company in Serbia, Albania or Bosnia-Herzegovina (as the case may be) as at 31 May 2011 or, if the last of the Conditions to be satisfied (or waived) is satisfied (or waived) in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to 15 April 2011,
as at 29 April 2011 (either date, the “Inventory Effective Date”). Not less than 5 Business Days prior to commencing the Pre-Completion Inventory Counts, HTM shall provide to Lion the proposed inventory counting procedures,
which will be consistent in all material respects with the inventory counts performed by the Relevant Target Group Company during the financial year ended 31 December 2010. In addition, HTM shall provide Lion with written notice in advance of
the dates and times of all inventory stock counts that are proposed to be undertaken pursuant to the Pre-Completion Inventory Counts, and: 

  

	 	5.1.1	Lion may upon reasonable notice to HTM, nominate employees, agents or representatives of Lion to attend such inventory stock counts (each as an observer);

  

	 	5.1.2	HTM shall procure that Lion is provided with all such information and documentation as Lion may reasonably request in connection with the Pre-Completion Inventory
Counts; and 

  

	 	5.1.3	HTM shall take account of any reasonable representations that Lion may make to HTM in relation to the consistency of methodology as between the Pre-Completion Inventory
Counts and historic inventory counting procedures provided to Lion pursuant to this clause 5.1. 

  

	5.2	HTM shall procure that all Pre-Completion Inventory Counts are completed by no later than 20 Business Days of the Inventory Effective Date and shall provide the
Pre-Completion Inventory Statement to Lion not more than 35 Business Days of the Inventory Effective Date. If Actual Inventory Shrinkage exceeds 1.5 per cent., the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount in Euros equal to the product of:

  

	 	5.2.1	the Relevant Sales; and 

  

	 	5.2.2	the Actual Inventory Shrinkage minus 1.5 per cent., 

 and if Actual Inventory Shrinkage does not exceed 1.5 per cent., the Purchase Price shall not be adjusted pursuant to this clause 5.2. 

 

	6.	TARGET GROUP GUARANTEES 

  

	6.1	Without prejudice to clause 6.3, HTM: 

  

	 	6.1.1	shall procure the release of each Target Group Company that has provided a Target Group Guarantee from such Target Group Guarantee within 18 months of Completion;

  
 - 27 -

	 	6.1.2	shall use its reasonable efforts to co-ordinate the release of each Target Group Guarantee with the release of each Retained Group Guarantee pursuant to clause 12.3;

  

	 	6.1.3	following Completion and pending such release, subject to and in accordance with this clause 6, agrees jointly and severally with SerbCo to pay to Lion on demand an
amount equal to any Losses and Expenses incurred by a Lion Group Company which arises from a Target Group Guarantee set out in Part C of Appendix 1 to the Guarantee Certificate which has not been released; and 

 

	 	6.1.4	shall promptly deliver to Lion any deed of release or similar document which is provided to a Retained Group Company by the beneficiary of a Target Group Guarantee
following the release of that Target Group Guarantee. 

  

	6.2	Lion shall provide all such assistance as HTM may reasonably request (but at no cost to Lion) in connection with its obligations pursuant to clause 6.1. Within 5
Business Days of the date that is 18 months after the Completion Date, SerbCo and Lion shall instruct the Escrow Agent to pay: 

  

	 	6.2.1	on behalf of each relevant Retained Group Company, ITM d.o.o. Beograd, Jugohemija a.d. Beograd, Jugohemija Farmacija d.o.o Beograd and/or Beta ITH PBB d.o.o. Beograd
(as the case may be), by way of repayment of the amount owed by such company to each financial or other creditor which is a beneficiary of the relevant Target Group Guarantee, an amount from the Guarantee Escrow Account equal to the amount required
to ensure that each Target Group Company is released from each Target Group Guarantee; and 

  

	 	6.2.2	following the payments pursuant to clause 6.2.1, to SerbCo the balance of any monies in the Guarantee Escrow Account. 

 

	6.3	HTM shall procure that by not later than the first anniversary of the Completion Date the aggregate outstanding liabilities under the unreleased Target Group Guarantees
shall not exceed €20,000,000 and shall on the first anniversary of the Completion Date deliver to Lion a certificate signed by an authorised signatory of HTM confirming that the aggregate outstanding liabilities under such Target Group
Guarantees do not exceed €20,000,000, together with such other evidence as Lion may reasonably request in connection therewith. If at that date the balance of the Guarantee Escrow Account exceeds €20,000,000, SerbCo and Lion shall within 5
Business Days instruct the Escrow Agent to pay, on behalf of the relevant Retained Group Companies, ITM d.o.o. Beograd, Jugohemija a.d. Beograd, Jugohemija Farmacija d.o.o Beograd and/or Beta ITH PBB d.o.o. Beograd (as the case may be), by way of
partial or full (as the case may be) repayment of the amount owed by such companies to those financial or other creditors which are beneficiaries of the relevant Target Group Guarantee and are nominated by Lion (after taking account of the views of
HTM) such aggregate amount as will reduce the balance of the Guarantee Escrow Account to €20,000,000. 

  
 - 28 -

	6.4	If Lion wishes to use money in the Guarantee Escrow Account in settling a Guarantee Claim: 

 

	 	6.4.1	Lion shall notify HTM and SerbCo of the Guarantee Claim stating in reasonable detail the nature of the Guarantee Claim and the amount claimed in respect of the
Guarantee Claim (for the purposes of this clause 6, the “Amount Claimed”); 

  

	 	6.4.2	within 15 Business Days starting on the day after receipt of notice of the Guarantee Claim HTM and SerbCo may notify Lion: 

 

	 	(a)	whether or not they accept liability for the Guarantee Claim; and 

  

	 	(b)	whether or not they accept the Amount Claimed and if they do not, the part of the Amount Claimed they do accept; 

 

	 	6.4.3	if HTM and SerbCo fail to notify Lion in accordance with clause 6.4.2, HTM and SerbCo shall be deemed to have accepted liability for the Guarantee Claim;

  

	 	6.4.4	if HTM and SerbCo fail to notify Lion in accordance with clause 6.4.2 or HTM and SerbCo accept liability in respect of a Guarantee Claim but accept part only of the
Amount Claimed, the parties shall seek to agree the matter in dispute, failing which the matter may be referred, no earlier than 10 Business Days after the expiry of the 15-Business Day period referred to in clause 6.4.2, by one or both of HTM and
SerbCo (acting jointly), and Lion for determination by the arbitral tribunal in accordance with clause 22; 

  

	 	6.4.5	without prejudice to clause 6.4.6, if HTM and SerbCo accept liability in respect of a Guarantee Claim but accept part only of the Amount Claimed, that part of the
Amount Claimed which is accepted shall be paid to Lion out of the money standing to the credit of the Guarantee Escrow Account; and 

  

	 	6.4.6	if HTM and SerbCo accept the Amount Claimed or there is a determination of the amount payable in respect of the Guarantee Claim by the arbitral tribunal following
proceedings brought in accordance with clause 22, the amount so accepted or determined (less any money previously paid under clause 6.4.5 in respect of the Guarantee Claim) shall be paid to Lion out of money standing to the credit of the Guarantee
Escrow Account. 

  

	6.5	To the extent that a payment to Lion out of the Guarantee Escrow Account is made in partial satisfaction of an Amount Claimed, such payment is deemed to be a payment on
account of the amount finally agreed or determined to be payable in respect of the Amount Claimed. 

  

	6.6	Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause 6, if the beneficiary under a Target Group Guarantee exercises its right to enforce its claim against the Target Group
pursuant to such Target Group Guarantee, Lion shall be entitled to immediate payment of the total amount claimed by such beneficiary from the Guarantee Escrow Account in order to satisfy such claim. 

 

	6.7	 Following Completion, within five Business Days of a Target Group Guarantee being released and HTM providing Lion with reasonably satisfactory evidence
of such release, the amount set out in Part C of Appendix 1 to the Guarantee Certificate against that Target Group Guarantee shall be paid to SerbCo provided that the 

  
 - 29 -

	 	 
balance of such Escrow Account shall, following such release, be equal to or greater than the aggregate liability of the unreleased Target Group Guarantees in Part C of Appendix 1 to the
Guarantee Certificate at that time. 

  

	6.8	If SerbCo or Lion is entitled to money from the Guarantee Escrow Account, SerbCo and Lion shall within five Business Days of the date on which the entitlement arises
jointly instruct the Escrow Agent in writing to release the money to SerbCo or Lion, as the case may be together with an amount (less any Tax and other amount the Escrow Agent is legally required to deduct from that amount (and in the event that any
amount is so deducted, SerbCo shall pay (or procure is paid) the equivalent amount to Lion)) equal to the interest actually accrued on such sum in the Guarantee Escrow Account calculated for the period from the Completion Date to the date of payment
(both dates inclusive). Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause 6.8, the parties agree that in the circumstances contemplated by clause 6.6, Lion shall be entitled to provide instructions to the Escrow Agent unilaterally and without reference
to SerbCo. 

  

	6.9	SerbCo and Lion shall each pay half of the Escrow Agent’s fees and costs in respect of any work done pursuant to this clause 6. 

 

	6.10	Lion and SerbCo acknowledge that the Escrow Agent may withdraw from the Guarantee Escrow Account an amount of tax on the interest earned in respect of money held in the
Guarantee Escrow Account for which it is or may become liable. 

  

	7.	SELLERS’ WARRANTIES 

  

	7.1	HTM warrants to Lion in the terms set out in [bullet] (in relation to paragraph 1 only in relation to itself, and excluding paragraphs 3.8, 9.12, 14.2 and 14.4
(the latter other than to the extent it relates to the 2009 Accounts)) at the date of this Agreement. Each of the Warranties shall be separate and independent and (except as otherwise provided) shall not be limited by reference to any other
Warranty. Immediately before Completion, the Sellers are deemed to jointly and severally warrant to Lion in the terms set out in [bullet] (excluding paragraph 9.12 in the event that Kosovo Completion has not occurred but including, for the
avoidance of doubt, paragraphs 3.8, 14.2 and 14.4) by reference to the facts and circumstances as at Completion (and for this purpose only, where there is an express or implied reference in a Warranty (other than the Warranties in paragraphs 7.1,
15, 18, 19 and 21 of [bullet]) to the “date of this Agreement” or the “First Disclosure Letter”, that reference is to be construed as a reference to the Completion Date or the Second Disclosure Letter respectively).

  

	7.2	Not less than 15 Business Days prior to the Completion Date the Sellers shall deliver the Second Disclosure Letter to Lion, provided that such letter may not
include any general disclosures, or disclosures of facts and matters which arose prior to the date of this Agreement or which arose as a direct result of an act or thing done by any Target Group Company after the date of this Agreement and prior to
Completion (other than any act or thing done in the ordinary course of business, or in order to comply with this Agreement or with any law or regulation, or with the written consent of a Lion Group Company). 

  
 - 30 -

	7.3	The Warranties given: 

  

	 	7.3.1	on the date of this Agreement are qualified by the facts and circumstances Disclosed in the First Disclosure Letter or in any of the documents annexed to and referred
to in the First Disclosure Letter and by the contents of this Agreement; 

  

	 	7.3.2	immediately before Completion are qualified by the facts and circumstances Disclosed in the Disclosure Letters or in any of the documents annexed to and referred to in
the Disclosure Letters, the Guarantee Certificate and by the contents of this Agreement. 

  

	7.4	None of the Warranties given at the date of this Agreement is subject to, or qualified in any way by, anything Disclosed in the Second Disclosure Letter. HTM
acknowledges and agrees that the ability of Lion to bring any claim in respect of a breach of a Warranty given at the date of this Agreement will not be prejudiced or affected in any way by any knowledge that Lion acquires as a result of anything
Disclosed in the Second Disclosure Letter. 

  

	7.5	HTM undertakes that prior to Completion it shall promptly give Lion written notice of any matter, event or circumstance of which it becomes aware and which would
constitute a breach of the Warranties deemed to be given immediately prior to Completion or of the Specific Indemnity Matters (to the extent that it has become an actual liability of a Target Group Company) with sufficient details to enable Lion to
identify the nature and the scope of the matter being notified to it, and (if requested by Lion) use all reasonable endeavours promptly to remedy the matter, event or circumstance. 

 

	7.6	If, prior to Completion, Lion becomes aware of a fact, matter or circumstance that would constitute a breach of a Warranty when such Warranty is deemed to be given by
the Sellers immediately prior to Completion (ignoring for this purpose the effect of the Second Disclosure Letter) and/or that there is an actual liability of a Target Group Company under a Specific Indemnity Matter, and as a result of which, were
Completion to take place, the Sellers would be liable for one or more Warranty Claims (applying, for the avoidance of doubt, paragraph 1.1.1 of [bullet]) and/or claims pursuant to clause 8.4 in an amount, in aggregate, of:

  

	 	7.6.1	more than €50,000,000 (such claim(s) being, the “Termination Claim(s)”), Lion shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement; or

  

	 	7.6.2	€5,500,000 but less than €50,000,000 (such claim(s) being, the “Shared Claim(s)”), the parties shall, subject to the satisfaction or waiver
of the Conditions in accordance with this Agreement, proceed to Completion and the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount that is equal to: 

  

	 	(a)	50 per cent. of the aggregate amount of the Shared Claim(s); minus  

 

	 	(b)	€5,500,000, 

 and paragraph
1.1.2 of [bullet] shall not apply in respect of the first Warranty Claim (if any) following Completion; or 

  
 - 31 -

	 	7.6.3	€5,500,000 or less (such claim(s) being the “Pre-Completion Lion Liability”), the parties shall, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the
Conditions in accordance with this Agreement, proceed to Completion and, in respect of the first Warranty Claim (if any) following Completion (applying, for the avoidance of doubt, paragraph 1.1.1 of [bullet]), the amount referred to in
paragraph 1.1.2 of [bullet] shall be reduced by an amount equal to the quantum of any Warranty Claim(s) forming part of the Pre-Completion Lion Liability. 

 

	7.7	If: 

  

	 	7.7.1	Lion: 

  

	 	(a)	does not exercise its right of termination under clause 7.6.1 and proceeds to Completion it shall not be able to claim damages or any other remedy in respect of the
Termination Claim(s); or 

  

	 	(b)	terminates this Agreement pursuant to clause 7.6.1, each party’s further rights and obligations cease immediately on termination, but termination does not
affect a party’s accrued rights and obligations at the date of termination (other than Lion’s rights to bring any claim for a breach of clause 7.1 or 8.4 which shall be extinguished by such termination); 

 

	 	7.7.2	the parties proceed to Completion in the circumstances contemplated in clause 7.6.2 or 7.6.3, Lion shall not be able to claim damages or any other remedy in respect of
the Shared Claim(s) or the Pre-Completion Lion Liability respectively. 

  

	7.8	HTM undertakes to Lion to waive any and all claims (including for negligence) that they might otherwise have against any Target Group Company and/or their respective
officers, employees, agents and consultants or any of them in respect of any information that any such person has in any capacity supplied to HTM or any of them in connection with the Warranties, the Tax Deed and/or the information Disclosed.

  

	8.	SELLERS’ UNDERTAKINGS AND INDEMNITIES 

  

	8.1	Between the date of this Agreement and Completion [bullet] shall apply. 

 

	8.2	HTM undertakes that no Target Group Company has permitted or shall permit any Leakage (other than Permitted Leakage) between the Locked Box Date and Completion. HTM
shall pay to Lion (or such other Target Group Company as Lion may direct) on demand an amount equal to any Leakage (other than any Permitted Leakage) between the Locked Box Date and Completion. HTM shall notify Lion as soon as practicable upon
becoming aware that any Leakage (other than Permitted Leakage) has occurred or is likely to occur between the Locked Box Date and Completion. 

  

	8.3	 All sums payable by HTM pursuant to clause 8.2 shall be paid free and clear of all deductions or withholdings (including Tax) unless the deduction or
withholding is 

  
 - 32 -

	 	 
required by law, in which event or in the event that any Target Group Company shall incur any liability for Tax chargeable or assessable in respect of any payment pursuant to clause 8.2, HTM
shall pay such additional amounts as shall be required to ensure that the net amount received and retained by the relevant Target Group Company (after Tax) will equal the full amount which would have been received and retained by it had no such
deduction or withholding been made and/or no such liability to Tax been incurred. 

  

	8.4	Subject to Completion, the Sellers jointly and severally agree on demand to indemnify and hold each Lion Group Company harmless (and keep indemnified and held harmless)
against any and all Losses and Expenses incurred by any Lion Group Company arising out of or resulting from any of the Specific Indemnity Matters, provided that if any such Losses and Expenses are incurred by a Lion Group Company (the
“Relevant Lion Group Company”), some of whose shares are not owned by another Lion Group Company, the amount payable pursuant to this clause 8.4 shall be reduced by a percentage equal to the percentage of shares of the Relevant Lion
Group Company not owned by another Lion Group Company. 

  

	8.5	HTM shall not and shall procure that no Retained Group Company shall, whether directly or indirectly, negotiate or enter into any discussions, arrangements or
understandings whatsoever, or provide information of any kind to any third party with a view to a third party acquiring any interest (directly or indirectly) in the Shares (or any of them) after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Long Stop
Date. 

  

	8.6	HTM shall ensure that: 

  

	 	8.6.1	the Other Cash-Like Items are repaid in full to the relevant Target Group Companies by not later than the date that is 45 days after the Completion Date. To the extent
that any amount of the Other Cash Like Items remains outstanding as at that date, interest shall accrue on the sum that remains outstanding from the date that is 45 days after the Completion Date until payment at the rate of 8 per cent.
(accrued daily and compounded monthly); 

  

	 	8.6.2	the Long-Term Financial Assets (other than the participations in Milan Toplica a.d. u stecaju and Delta Humanitarni Fond, (together the “Retained
Participations”), the participation in PDM d.o.o. Pudarci and the “receivables from apartments”, which are in each case included in the Long-Term Financial Assets) are sold or transferred to a Retained Group Company prior to the
Completion Date the consideration for which will be settled no later than 45 days after the Completion Date; and 

  

	 	8.6.3	within 5 days of being provided evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that Delta Maxi Beograd has acquired, pursuant to the put or call option set out in the Ela
Purchase Agreement, the remaining 49 per cent. of the share capital in Ela Kotor not already owned by it, the Ela Amount is paid to Lion. 

  

	8.7	HTM confirms that: 

  

	 	8.7.1	the outstanding interest that is owed pursuant to the agreement in respect of the Novofan Loan and which has not been converted into equity will be contained in the
Short-term financial liabilities; 

  
 - 33 -

	 	8.7.2	the two unpaid instalments of the purchase price (due September 2011 and September 2012) and owed pursuant to the privatization agreement entered into in respect of TP
Srbija will be contained in the Short-term financial liabilities (in the case of the instalment due in September 2011) and in the Long-term financial liabilities (in the case of the instalment due in September 2012);

  

	 	8.7.3	the liability of TP Srbija in respect of unpaid mandatory health contributions pursuant to the conditional decision of the Kragujevac Tax Administration on 22 June
2009 will be contained in the Other current liabilities; 

  

	 	8.7.4	the sum of €250,000 paid by Delta Maxi Beograd to Delta Real Estate d.o.o. Beograd in respect of the “TEMPO Cash and Carry” trademark will be contained
in the Trade payables; and 

  

	 	8.7.5	the payment to Mr Pidzula made in January 2011 will be contained in the Short-term financial liabilities. 

 

	8.8	In the event that a Related Party Contract is a loan from a Target Group Company to a Retained Group Company and such Related Party Contract does not provide that
interest shall be payable, then notwithstanding the terms of such Related Party Contract, interest shall be payable from the Locked Box Date until the earlier of Completion and the repayment of that loan at the rate of 7 per cent. per annum
(compounded monthly). 

  

	9.	LIMITATIONS ON SELLERS’ LIABILITY 

 The Sellers’ liability for Relevant Claims shall be limited or excluded, as the case may be, as set out in [bullet]. 

 

	10.	RELEVANT CLAIMS ESCROW ACCOUNT 

  

	10.1	If Lion wishes to use money in the Relevant Claims Escrow Account in settling a Relevant Claim: 

 

	 	10.1.1	Lion shall notify the relevant Sellers of the Relevant Claim stating in reasonable detail the nature of the Relevant Claim and the amount claimed in respect of the
Relevant Claim (for the purposes of this clause 10, the “Amount Claimed”); 

  

	 	10.1.2	within 15 Business Days starting on the day after receipt of notice of the Relevant Claim the relevant Seller(s) may notify Lion: 

 

	 	(a)	whether or not it/they accept(s) liability for the Relevant Claim; and 

  

	 	(b)	whether or not it/they accept(s) the Amount Claimed and if/they it do(es) not, the part of the Amount Claimed it/they do(es) accept; 

 

	 	10.1.3	if such Seller(s) fail(s) to notify Lion in accordance with clause 10.1.2, such Seller(s) shall be deemed not to have accepted liability for the Relevant Claim;

  
 - 34 -

	 	10.1.4	if such Seller(s) fail(s) to notify Lion in accordance with clause 10.1.2, or notify Lion in accordance with clause 10.1.2 and do(es) not accept liability for the
Relevant Claim or accept(s) liability in respect of a Relevant Claim but accept(s) part only of the Amount Claimed, the Lion and such Seller(s) shall seek to agree the matter in dispute, failing which the matter may be referred, no earlier than 10
Business Days after the expiry of the 15-Business Day period referred to in clause 10.1.2, by one or both of such Seller(s) and Lion for determination by the arbitral tribunal in accordance with clause 22; 

 

	 	10.1.5	without prejudice to clause 10.1.6, if such Seller(s) accept(s) liability in respect of a Relevant Claim but accept(s) part only of the Amount Claimed, that part of the
Amount Claimed which is accepted shall be paid to Lion out of the money standing to the credit of the Relevant Claims Escrow Account; and 

  

	 	10.1.6	if such Seller(s) accepts the Amount Claimed or there is a determination of the amount payable in respect of the Relevant Claim by the arbitral tribunal following
proceedings brought in accordance with clause 22, the amount so accepted or determined (less any money previously paid under clause 10.1.5 in respect of the Relevant Claim) shall be paid to Lion out of money standing to the credit of the Relevant
Claims Escrow Account. 

  

	10.2	To the extent that a payment to Lion out of the Relevant Escrow Account is made in partial satisfaction of an Amount Claimed, such payment is deemed to be a payment on
account of the amount finally agreed or determined to be payable in respect of the Amount Claimed. 

  

	10.3	Subject to HTM having complied with its obligations under clause 11.1, on the third anniversary of Completion, the money then standing to the credit of the Relevant
Claims Escrow Account less the total of the Estimated Claim Amounts at that time shall be paid to SerbCo. After that date (but without prejudice to clause 10.2) to the extent that the money standing to the credit of the Relevant Claims Escrow
Account from time to time exceeds the total of the Estimated Claim Amounts at that time, that money shall be paid to SerbCo. 

  

	10.4	If SerbCo or Lion is entitled to money from the Relevant Claims Escrow Account, SerbCo and Lion shall within five Business Days of the date on which the entitlement
arises jointly instruct the Escrow Agent in writing to release the money to SerbCo or Lion, as the case may be together with an amount (less any Tax and other amount the Escrow Agent is legally required to deduct from that amount (and in the event
that any amount is so deducted, SerbCo shall pay (or procure is paid) the equivalent amount to Lion)) equal to the interest actually accrued on such sum in the Relevant Claims Escrow Account calculated for the period from the Completion Date to the
date of payment (both dates inclusive). 

  

	10.5	SerbCo and Lion shall each pay half of the Escrow Agent’s costs in respect of any work done pursuant to this clause 10. 

 

	10.6	Lion and SerbCo acknowledge that the Escrow Agent may withdraw from the Relevant Claims Escrow Account an amount of tax on the interest earned in respect of money held
in the Relevant Claims Escrow Account for which it is or may become liable. 

  
 - 35 -

	11.	REAL ESTATE SECURITY 

  

	11.1	HTM shall procure that, with effect from the second anniversary of Completion until the third anniversary of Completion, one or more Retained Group Companies shall
grant, in favour of such Lion Group Company as may be specified by Lion (and permitted by applicable law), first ranking security over one or more real estate assets located in Serbia, Montenegro and/or Bosnia-Herzegovina with an aggregate market
value (as certified by an independent valuation carried out not more than 3 months prior to the second anniversary of Completion) of not less than €25,000,000 (the “Secured Assets”) to secure, subject to paragraph 1.3 of
[bullet], the Sellers’ liability for any Relevant Claim that may be notified prior to the third anniversary of Completion. 

  

	11.2	On the third anniversary of Completion, Lion shall, at HTM’s option, either: 

 

	 	11.2.1	release (or procure the release of) such part of the Secured Assets from any security granted in accordance with clause 11.1 as results in the aggregate market value
(as certified by an independent valuation carried out not more than 3 months prior to the third anniversary of the Completion Date) (such value, the “Residual Security Amount”) of the remaining Secured Assets being the lesser of:

  

	 	(a)	€12,000,000 plus the amount by which the total of the Estimated Claim Amounts at that time exceed the amount then standing to the credit of the Relevant
Claims Escrow Account; and 

  

	 	(b)	the value of those Secured Assets in respect of which the security granted in accordance with clause 11.1 has not been enforced; or 

 

	 	11.2.2	release all of the remaining Secured Assets from any security granted in accordance with clause 11.1, subject to one or more Retained Group Companies granting in favour
of such Lion Group Company as Lion may specify (and permitted by applicable law) first ranking security over one or more real estate assets located in Serbia, Montenegro and/or Bosnia-Herzegovina (the “Alternative Secured Assets”)
having an aggregate market value (as certified by an independent valuation carried out not more than 3 months prior to the third anniversary of the Completion Date) of not less than the Residual Security Amount, 

such remaining part of the Secured Assets or the Alternative Secured Assets (as the case may be) to constitute, subject to paragraph 1.3
of [bullet], Lion’s security for the underlying Relevant Claims to which the Estimated Claim Amounts referred to in clause 11.2.1(a) relate and/or security for any Relevant Claim that may be notified in the period from the third to the
fifth anniversary of Completion. 
  

	11.3	On, and at any time after, the fifth anniversary of Completion to the extent that the sum of: 

 

	 	11.3.1	the money (if any) then standing to the credit of the Relevant Claims Escrow Account; plus  

  
 - 36 -

	 	11.3.2	the aggregate value (as certified by an independent valuation carried out not more than 3 months prior to the fifth anniversary of Completion or such applicable later
date) of the remaining Secured Assets or Alternative Secured Assets (as the case may be), 

 exceeds the then total
of the Estimate Claim Amounts, Lion shall release (or procure the release of) such part of the remaining Secured Assets or Alternative Secured Assets (as the case may be) from the security granted in accordance with clause 11.1 or 11.2.2 as is equal
to such excess. 
  

	12.	LION’S WARRANTIES, UNDERTAKINGS AND INDEMNITY 

  

	12.1	Each of Lion and Lion’s Guarantor severally warrants at the date of this Agreement and Completion, in respect of itself only, to the Sellers that:

  

	 	12.1.1	it has the right, power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute, deliver and exercise rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement and
each document to be executed at or before Completion to which it is expressed to be a party (the “Lion Completion Documents”); 

  

	 	12.1.2	its obligations under this Agreement and Lion Completion Documents are, or when the relevant Lion Completion Document is executed will be, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms; 

  

	 	12.1.3	Lion, at Completion, will have immediately available on an unconditional basis (subject only to Completion) the necessary cash resources to meet such of its obligations
under this Agreement as are to be performed at Completion and pursuant to the Lion Completion Documents; 

  

	 	12.1.4	the execution and delivery of, and the performance by Lion or Lion’s Guarantor of their respective obligations under, this Agreement and Lion Completion Documents
will not: 

  

	 	(a)	result in a breach of any provision of the memorandum or articles of association or by-laws or equivalent constitutional documents of Lion or Lion’s Guarantor;

  

	 	(b)	(subject to satisfaction of the Banking Condition) result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any instrument to which Lion or Lion’s Guarantor is a
party or by which Lion or Lion’s Guarantor is bound and which is material in the context of the Transaction; 

  

	 	(c)	result in a breach of any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency to which Lion or Lion’s Guarantor is a party or by which Lion or
Lion’s Guarantor is bound or submits and which is material in the context of the Transaction; or 

  

	 	(d)	save as referred to in clause 3.1, require Lion or Lion’s Guarantor to obtain any consent or approval of, or give any notice to or make any registration with,
any governmental or other authority which has not been obtained or made at the date hereof both on an unconditional basis and on a basis which cannot be revoked (save pursuant to any legal or regulatory entitlement to revoke the same other than by
reason of any misrepresentation or misstatement). 

  
 - 37 -

	12.2	Lion undertakes to HTM, HTM acting for itself and as agent and trustee for each other Retained Group Company, that (in the absence of fraud) Lion has no rights against,
and may not make any claim against, any current or former employee, director, agent, officer or adviser of a Target Group Company or a Retained Group Company on whom it may have relied before agreeing to any term of, or entering into, this Agreement
or any other agreement or document referred to herein. 

  

	12.3	Without prejudice to clause 12.4, Lion shall: 

  

	 	12.3.1	procure the release of each Retained Group Company that has provided a Retained Group Guarantee from each such Retained Group Guarantee within 18 months of Completion;

  

	 	12.3.2	use its reasonable efforts to co-ordinate the release of each Retained Group Guarantee with the release of each Target Group Guarantee pursuant to clause 6.1; and

  

	 	12.3.3	following Completion and pending such release, Lion shall procure that the relevant Target Group Company shall pay to HTM on demand an amount equal to any liability
incurred by any Retained Group Company which arises from any such Retained Group Guarantee. 

 HTM shall provide
all such assistance as Lion may reasonably request (but at no cost to HTM) in connection with its obligations pursuant to this clause 12.3 and shall, and shall procure that each other Retained Group Company shall, use reasonable efforts to mitigate
any Losses and Expenses which it may suffer in consequence of a matter which gives or may give rise to a claim pursuant to clause 12.3.3.
  

	12.4	Lion shall procure that by not later than the first anniversary of the Completion Date the aggregate outstanding liabilities under the Retained Group Guarantees shall
not exceed an amount that is equal to 25 per cent. of the aggregate liabilities under the Retained Group Guarantees as at the Completion Date, and shall on the first anniversary of the Completion Date deliver to HTM a certificate signed by an
authorised signatory of Lion confirming that the balance of such Retained Group Guarantees does not exceed 25 per cent. of the aggregate liabilities under the Retained Group Guarantees as at the Completion Date, together with such other
evidence as HTM may reasonably request in connection therewith. 

  

	12.5	Lion shall ensure that: 

  

	 	12.5.1	any Short-Term Financial Liabilities (including all accrued interest thereon) owed to any Retained Group Company are settled no later than 45 days after the Completion
Date. To the extent that any amount of the Short-Term Financial Liabilities remains outstanding as at that date, interest shall accrue on the sum that remains outstanding from the date that is 45 days after the Completion Date until payment at the
rate of 8 per cent. (accrued daily and compounded monthly); and 

  
 - 38 -

	 	12.5.2	the Ela Purchase Agreement is not amended in a manner which increases the liability of Delta Maxi Beograd without HTM’s consent. 

 

	13.	PROTECTION OF GOODWILL 

  

	13.1	HTM undertakes that it shall not (and shall procure that no Connected Person shall) directly or indirectly: 

 

	 	13.1.1	in the period from Completion to the Covenant End Date, carry on or be employed, engaged, an officer of, concerned, interested or in any way assist within the Relevant
Territories in the conduct of any business which is or may in any way be in competition with all or any part of the Business provided that nothing in this clause 13.1.1 shall prevent HTM or any Connected Person from: 

 

	 	(i)	holding for investment purposes only not more than three per cent of any class of the issued share or loan capital of any company quoted on a stock exchange;

  

	 	(ii)	carrying on any business carried on at the date of this Agreement, including: 

 

	 	(A)	the distribution and wholesale business carried on by DMD and Delvelpro; 

  

	 	(B)	the sports, toys and fashion retail and wholesale business, the hotels, restaurants and cafe business, and the mobile telecommunications business, in each case carried
on by Delta Sport; 

  

	 	(C)	if Kosovo Completion has not occurred, the business carried on by City Hypermarket; 

(together the “Retained Group Businesses”) provided that to the extent that any such Retained Group Business
includes food retail business in the Relevant Territories, neither HTM nor any Connected Person shall be permitted to increase, in respect of any Retained Group Company, the proportion that the sales of such food retail business constitute of the
sales of that Retained Group Company at the date of this Agreement and provided further that neither HTM nor a Connected Person shall be permitted to establish any new business the main or primary object or purpose of which is food retail in
the Relevant Territories; or 
  

	 	(iii)	performing its obligations under this Agreement and/or any other Transactional Document and/or any other agreement or arrangement it may enter into with a Lion Group
Company after the date of this Agreement, or with the written consent of a Lion Group Company, 

 and provided
further that this clause 13.1.1 shall cease to apply in a Relevant Territory if no Lion Group Company continues to operate the Business in that Relevant Territory; 

  
 - 39 -

	 	13.1.2	in the period from Completion to the Covenant End Date canvass, solicit or approach or cause to be canvassed, solicited or approached (in relation to a business which
may in any way compete with all or part of the Business) the custom of any person who at any time during the 12 months preceding Completion shall have been a client or customer of any Target Group Company save where such client or customer has been
a client or customer of a Retained Group Businesses in such 12-month period; 

  

	 	13.1.3	in the period from Completion to the Covenant End Date, offer employment to or offer to conclude any contract of services with employees holding executive or managerial
posts of any Target Group Company or procure or facilitate the making of such an offer by any person, firm or company or entice or endeavour to entice any such employees of any Target Group Company to terminate their employment with any Target Group
Company, provided always that this clause 13.1.3 shall: 

  

	 	(i)	only apply in relation to persons who were so employed at Completion and who were still so employed at the time of the relevant breach of this clause 13.1.3; and

  

	 	(ii)	shall not apply to any such employment by a Retained Group Company in response to a general recruitment advertisement or otherwise on an unsolicited basis;

  

	 	13.1.4	at any time after Completion use as a trade or business name or mark, use as or include in a domain name for any web site, or carry on a business under a title
containing the trade or business names or marks or domain names comprising the Intellectual Property Rights or any other word(s) colourably resembling any such word, provided that nothing in this clause 13.1.4 shall prevent HTM or any
Connected Person of HTM from now or at any time in the future using as or including a corporate, trade or business name or mark, or using as or including in a domain name for any web site, the word “Delta”, or from carrying on a business
under a title containing the trade or business name or mark or domain name “Delta”, save that, this proviso shall not apply to the use, by HTM or any Connected Person of HTM, of “Delta” as a trade or business mark, or as a domain
name for any website, in relation to any food retail business operated by HTM or any Connected Person; or 

  

	 	13.1.5	save for the purpose of compliance with its obligations under this Agreement (including clauses 4.3 and 6.1) (but without prejudice to clause 16), at any time
after the date of this Agreement disclose to any person whatsoever or use to the detriment of any Target Group Company or otherwise make use of, or through any failure to exercise all reasonable care and diligence cause any unauthorised disclosure
or use of, any Commercial Information from time to time in its possession which as far as HTM is aware (having made reasonable enquiry) is confidential or in respect of which any Target Group Company is bound by an obligation of confidence to a
third party, or which HTM is prohibited under clause 16 from disclosing without Lion’s consent, 

 in each
case whether on HTM’s or Connected Person’s own behalf or with or on behalf of any person except in accordance with a prior waiver given by Lion. Each undertaking contained in this clause 13.1 shall be read and construed independently of
the other undertakings and as an entirely separate and severable undertaking. 

  
 - 40 -

	13.2	The undertakings in clause 13.1 are considered by the parties to be reasonable in all the circumstances, but if any one or more should for any reason be held to be
invalid, but would have been held to be valid if part of the wording were deleted, the undertakings shall apply with the minimum modifications necessary to make them valid and effective. 

 

	14.	LION’S GUARANTOR 

  

	14.1	Lion’s Guarantor irrevocably guarantees to the Sellers the performance of the payment obligations of Lion contained in this Agreement (including its obligations
under clauses 4.3, 12.3 and 12.5.1) and the Tax Deed. Lion’s Guarantor shall pay to the Sellers from time to time on demand any sum of money which Lion is at any time liable to pay to the Sellers under or pursuant to this Agreement and which
has not been paid at the time the demand is made, provided that HTM agrees that no such demand shall be made on Lion’s Guarantor unless demand for payment has first been made on Lion in accordance with this Agreement and payment has not
been made by Lion. Lion’s Guarantor’s obligations under this clause 14 are primary obligations and not those of a mere surety. 

  

	14.2	Lion’s Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to indemnify (and keep indemnified) the Sellers on demand against any loss, liability or cost incurred by
the Sellers as a result of any obligation of Lion referred to in clause 14.1 above being or becoming void, voidable or unenforceable as against Lion for any reason whatsoever. The amount of the loss, liability or cost shall be equal to the
amount which the Sellers would otherwise have been entitled to recover from Lion. 

  

	14.3	Lion’s Guarantor’s obligations under clauses 14.1 and 14.2 are continuing obligations and are not satisfied, discharged or affected by an intermediate
payment or settlement of account by, or a change in the constitution or control of, or merger or consolidation with any other person of, or the insolvency of, or bankruptcy, winding up or analogous proceedings relating to, Lion.

  

	14.4	A Seller may at any time it thinks fit and without reference to Lion’s Guarantor and without prejudice to Lion’s Guarantor’s obligations under this
clause 14: 

  

	 	14.4.1	grant a time for payment or grant another indulgence or agree to an amendment, variation, waiver or release in respect of an obligation of Lion under this Agreement;

  

	 	14.4.2	give up, deal with, vary, exchange or abstain from perfecting or enforcing other securities or guarantees held by that Seller; 

 

	 	14.4.3	discharge a party to other securities or guarantees held by that Seller and realise all or any of those securities or guarantees; and 

 

	 	14.4.4	compound with, accept compositions from and make other arrangements with Lion or a person or persons liable on other securities or guarantees held or to be held by that
Seller. 

  
 - 41 -

	14.5	Lion’s Guarantor’s liabilities under clauses 14.1 and 14.2 are not affected by the avoidance of an assurance, security or payment or a release,
settlement or discharge which is given or made on the faith of an assurance, security or payment, in either case, under an enactment relating to bankruptcy or insolvency. 

 

	14.6	Lion’s Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring a Seller (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or
security or claim payment from any person before claiming from Lion’s Guarantor under this clause 14. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into pursuant to this Agreement
to the contrary. 

  

	15.	ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS 

  

	15.1	Lion hereby grants HTM an option, exercisable at any time in the 6-month period starting on the date on which the Target Group acquires 95 per cent. or more of the
shares in C Market (but in any event not later than the date falling 18 months from the Completion Date) by written notice to Lion, to acquire (free from the Encumbrance existing at the date of this Agreement in favour of Raiffeisenbank and
otherwise free from any Encumbrance not existing at the Completion Date) and have transferred to it (or any Retained Group Company nominated by HTM) the properties located at Cika Ljubina 9, Belgrade, Serbia and Knez Mihajlova 20, Belgrade, Serbia
for an aggregate purchase price equal to €15,600,000. Promptly following exercise of the option pursuant to this clause 15.1, Lion shall procure that C Market (or such as other Lion Group Company or Lion Group Companies as may own Cika Ljubina
9, Belgrade, Serbia and/or Knez Mihajlova), and HTM shall or shall procure that such other Retained Group Company as is nominated by HTM), in each case execute and deliver all such documents, and do, or procure the doing of, all such acts and
things, as Lion or HTM (as the case may be) may reasonably require for the purpose of giving full effect to the acquisition and transfer of Cika Ljubina 9, Belgrade, Serbia and Knez Mihajlova 20, Belgrade, Serbia pursuant to the exercise of the
option under this clause 15.1. 

  

	15.2	Subject to Kosovo Completion, in the period of 25 months following Completion date HTM shall (to the extent that Pristina Hypermarket in Kosovo is owned by a Retained
Group Company) procure that prior to the sale of the Pristina Hypermarket in Kosovo, and prior to the sale of part of any future commercial development on the land Lapje Selo in Kosovo that could be suitable for retail (“Lapje Selo Retail
Development”), to any person (other than another Retained Group Company that will assume HTM’s obligations in this clause 15.2 pursuant to a deed of adherence in a form reasonably satisfactory to Lion) it shall give Lion notice of the
proposed sale and Lion shall have 20 days from the date of such notice to notify HTM as to whether it wishes to acquire the Pristina Hypermarket in Kosovo and/or Lapje Selo Retail Development or not. If: 

 

	 	15.2.1	Lion notifies HTM that it does wish to acquire the Pristina Hypermarket in Kosovo and/or Lapje Selo Retail Development, Lion and HTM shall negotiate in good faith to
agree the price and other terms relating to the sale of the Pristina Hypermarket in Kosovo and/or Lapje Selo Retail Development; 

  

	 	15.2.2	 Lion notifies HTM that it does not wish to acquire the Pristina Hypermarket in Kosovo and/or Lapje Selo Retail Development, or does not notify HTM
within 

  
 - 42 -

	 	 
the 20-day period referred to in this clause 15.2, or, following notification by Lion that it does wish to acquire the Pristina Hypermarket in Kosovo and/or Lapje Selo Retail Development, Lion
and HTM cannot agree the price and/or other terms relating to the sale of the Pristina Hypermarket in Kosovo and/or Lapje Selo Retail Development within 30 days of such notification, the Retained Group Company then owning the Pristina Hypermarket in
Kosovo and/or Lapje Selo Retail Development shall be permitted to sell the Pristina Hypermarket in Kosovo and/or Lapje Selo Retail Development to any person. 

 

	15.3	Subject to Kosovo Completion, within 24 months of Completion HTM shall procure that Europe Investments Kosovo Limited sells and transfers (free of Encumbrances), and
Lion shall procure that a Lion Group Company buys and accepts the transfer of the properties Hypermarket Urata (to the extent that Hypermarket Urata is owned by Europe Investments Kosovo Limited) and Kosovo Electro for a purchase price equal to the
fair market value of such properties (as certified by an independent valuation carried out not more than 3 months prior to the date of sale), and HTM and Lion shall procure that Europe Investments Kosovo Limited and such Lion Group Company
respectively execute and deliver all such documents, and do, or procure the doing of, all such acts and things, as HTM or Lion (as the case may be) may from time to time reasonably require for the purpose of giving full effect to such sale and
transfer. 

  

	15.4	In the period of 25 months following Completion HTM shall procure that prior to the sale of the land owned by Industrija Precizne Mehanike a.d. Beograd in Belgrade (the
“IPM Location”) and/or the Tempo store owned by Delta Real Estate d.o.o. Beograd in Kragujevac (the “Kragujevac Tempo”) to any person (other than another Retained Group Company that will assume HTM’s
obligations in this clause 15.4 pursuant to a deed of adherence in a form reasonably satisfactory to Lion) it shall give Lion notice of the proposed sale and Lion shall have 20 days from the date of such notice to notify Lion as to whether it
wishes to acquire the IPM Location and/or the Kragujevac Tempo or not. If: 

  

	 	15.4.1	Lion notifies HTM that it does wish to acquire IPM Location and/or the Kragujevac Tempo Lion and HTM shall negotiate in good faith to agree the price and other terms
relating to the sale of the IPM Location and/or the Kragujevac Tempo; 

  

	 	15.4.2	Lion notifies HTM that it does not wish to acquire the IPM Location and/or the Kragujevac Tempo, or does not notify HTM within the 20-day period referred to in this
clause 15.4, or, following notification by Lion that it does wish to acquire the IPM Location and/or the Kragujevac Tempo, Lion and HTM cannot agree the price and/or other terms relating to the sale of the IPM Location and/or the Kragujevac
Tempo within 30 days of such notification, the Retained Group Company then owning the IPM Location and/or the Kragujevac Tempo shall be permitted to sell the IPM Location and/or the Kragujevac Tempo to any person. 

 

	15.5	 For a period of three years from Completion, in respect of any future real estate development projects, real estate transactions (sale or lease) of
locations that are suitable for food retail stores (“Real Estate Development Projects”) in the Relevant Territories and/or the Wider Territories, HTM shall procure that the relevant Retained Group Company shall give Lion and the
relevant Lion Group Company notice of the 

  
 - 43 -

	 	 
proposed project and the relevant Lion Group Company shall have 20 days from the date of such notice (being understood that such notice cannot be given prior to Completion) to notify the relevant
Retained Group Company as to whether it wishes to participate in the relevant project or not. If: 

  

	 	15.5.1	the relevant Lion Group Company notifies the relevant Retained Group Company that it does wish to engage in the relevant Real Estate Development Project, the relevant
Lion Group Company and the relevant Retained Group Company shall negotiate in good faith to agree the price and other terms relating to such Real Estate Development Project. If the relevant Lion Group Company and the relevant Retained Group Company
come to an agreement, such agreement shall always include an exclusivity right for the relevant Lion Group Company for food retail in the relevant shopping mall or retail park (if applicable); 

 

	 	15.5.2	the relevant Lion Group Company notifies the relevant Retained Group Company that it does not wish to engage in the relevant Real Estate Development Project, or does
not notify the relevant Retained Group Company within the 20-day period referred to in this clause 15.5, or, following notification by the relevant Lion Group Company that it does wish to engage in the Real Estate Development Project, the
relevant Lion Group Company and the relevant Retained Group Company cannot agree the price and/or other terms relating to the Real Estate Development Project within 30 days of such notification, the Retained Group Company shall be permitted to find
another candidate or pursue the Real Estate Development Project by itself. 

  

	15.6	HTM shall procure that the Target Group shall negotiate in good faith with Delvelpro and Delta DTS (transport) and HTM shall procure that such Retained Group Companies
shall negotiate in good faith with the Target Group, to agree (on arm’s length, market standard terms for a group of the Target Group’s size) and enter into before Completion, one or more agreements to Lion’s reasonable satisfaction
to replace or extend the agreements currently in place between Delvelpro and Delta DTS and the Target Group and which shall be applicable retroactively as of 1 January 2011. Lion shall be entitled to be present at all such negotiations and
shall be included in all relevant correspondence. 

  

	15.7	If any Lion Group Company is considering acquiring or agreeing to acquire shares in any company or undertaking, or acquiring or agreeing to acquire all or a material
part of the assets or business of another person, which in each such case involves the direct or indirect acquisition of a wholesale business in Serbia (a “Serbian Wholesale Business”), it shall, subject to any contractual
confidentiality restrictions (having used all reasonable endeavours to obtain a consent or waiver under such restrictions) or any restrictions imposed by any laws or regulations, give HTM notice of the proposed acquisition and, in the event that HTM
is considering the sale of the distribution and/or wholesale business carried on by DMD and/or Delvelpro (the “DMD/Delvelpro Business”) in these circumstances, discuss with HTM in good faith the terms on which a Lion Group Company
would be prepared to acquire the DMD/Delvelpro Business (if at all). 

  

	15.8	 The relevant Retained Group Company will on completion of the redevelopment of Delta Real Estate Park, Block 53, New Belgrade grant to Delta Maxi
Beograd a lease 

  
 - 44 -

	 	 
of such new premises for a period of not less than 15 years and otherwise on the terms set out in the annex, in the agreed form, relating to Tempo 004 Autoput za Zagreb, 25, Belgrade referred to
in [bullet] and required to be delivered at Completion in accordance with paragraph 1.2(e) of [bullet].  

  

	15.9	To the extent there is at the date of this Agreement, any contract, agreement or arrangement in place between any Target Group Company and any Retained Group Company
that has not been Disclosed in the First Disclosure Letter, that contract, agreement or arrangement may be terminated by the relevant Target Group Company without penalty or other payment by the Target Group Company, upon the giving of not less than
30 days’ written notice to the relevant Retained Group Company. In the event that the Target Group Company terminates any such contract, agreement or arrangement pursuant to this clause 15.9, Lion shall not be entitled to bring a Warranty Claim
in respect of paragraph 10.1 of [bullet] in relation to such contract, agreement or arrangement. 

  

	15.10	Each Target Group Company that is a party to a Relevant Related Party Contract may, without penalty or other payment by that Target Group Company and upon the giving of
not less than 30 days’ written notice to the relevant Retained Group Company that is the counterparty to that Relevant Related Party Contract, terminate such Relevant Related Party Contract (without prejudice to any accrued rights at the date
of such termination of that Target Group Company and/or that Retained Group Company). 

  

	16.	CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND ANNOUNCEMENTS 

  

	16.1	Subject to clause 16.2 and clause 16.4: 

  

	 	16.1.1	each party shall treat as strictly confidential all information received or obtained as a result of entering into or performing this Agreement which relates to:

  

	 	(b)	the provisions or the subject matter of this Agreement or any document referred to herein; or 

 

	 	(c)	the negotiations relating to this Agreement or any document referred to herein; 

 

	 	16.1.2	Lion shall, and shall ensure that each other Lion Group Company shall, treat as strictly confidential all information received or obtained in relation to the business
of HTM and each other Retained Group Company; and 

  

	 	16.1.3	HTM shall, and shall ensure that each other Retained Group Company shall, treat as strictly confidential all information which it has received or obtained in relation
to the business of Lion and each other Lion Group Company. 

  

	16.2	Clause 16.1 does not apply to disclosure of any such information as is referred to in clause 16.1: 

 

	 	16.2.1	 which is required to be disclosed by law, by a rule of a listing authority or stock exchange to which any party is subject or submits or by a
governmental authority or other authority with relevant powers to which any party is subject 

  
 - 45 -

	 	 
or submits, whether or not the requirement has the force of law provided that the disclosure shall, so far as is practicable, be made after consultation with the other party and after
taking into account the other party’s reasonable requirements as to its timing, content and manner of making or despatch; 

  

	 	16.2.2	to comply with clauses 4.3 and 6.1 of this Agreement provided that any disclosure is limited to the disclosure of only such information as is required to be
disclosed so as to comply with those clauses; 

  

	 	16.2.3	to an adviser for the purpose of advising in connection with the Transaction provided that such disclosure is essential for these purposes and is on the basis
that clause 16.1 applies to the disclosure by the adviser; or 

  

	 	16.2.4	to the extent that the information has been made public by, or with the consent of, the other party. 

 

	16.3	Subject to clause 16.4, no party may, before or after Completion, make or issue a public announcement, communication or circular concerning the Transaction unless
it has first obtained the other party’s written consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. 

  

	16.4	Clause 16.3 does not apply to a public announcement, public communication or public circular: 

 

	 	16.4.1	made or issued by Lion after Completion to a customer, client or supplier of a Target Group Company informing it of Lion’s purchase of the Shares;

  

	 	16.4.2	required by law, by a rule of a listing authority or stock exchange to which either party is subject or submits or by a governmental authority or other authority with
relevant powers to which any party is subject or submits, whether or not the requirement has the force of law; or 

  

	 	16.4.3	which the other party has given its prior written approval to. 

  

	16.5	The restrictions contained in this clause 16 shall continue to apply after the termination of this Agreement without limit in time. 

 

	17.	COSTS 

 Except where this
Agreement provides otherwise, each party shall pay its own costs relating to the negotiation, preparation, execution and performance by it of this Agreement and of each document referred to in it. 

 

	18.	GENERAL 

  

	18.1	A variation of this Agreement is valid only if it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each party. 

 

	18.2	The failure to exercise or delay in exercising a right or remedy provided by this Agreement or by law does not impair or constitute a waiver of the right or remedy or
an impairment of or a waiver of other rights or remedies. No single or partial exercise of a right or remedy provided by this Agreement or by law prevents further exercise of the right or remedy or, save as referred to in clauses 7.7, 15.9 and 19,
the exercise of another right or remedy. 

  
 - 46 -

	18.3	Except as provided in clauses 7.7, 15.9 and 19, the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of rights or remedies provided by
law. 

  

	18.4	Lion shall not be entitled to rescind or repudiate this Agreement for any reason howsoever or whatsoever after Completion and accordingly, Lion waives all and any
rights of rescission it may have from the date of Completion in respect of any such matter (howsoever arising or deemed to arise), other than any such rights in respect of fraud. 

 

	18.5	Except to the extent that they have been performed and except where this Agreement provides otherwise, the obligations contained in this Agreement remain in force after
Completion. 

  

	18.6	Save as otherwise provided herein, if a party fails to pay a sum due from it under this Agreement on the due date of payment in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, that party shall pay interest on the overdue sum from the due date of payment until the date on which its obligation to pay the sum is discharged at the Agreed Rate (accrued daily and compounded monthly). 

 

	18.7	Any payment made by a Seller to Lion in respect of a Relevant Claim shall be treated as a reduction in the purchase price of the Shares to the extent of the payment.

  

	18.8	Save as otherwise provided herein, any payment to be made by any party under this Agreement shall be made in full without any set-off, restriction, condition or
deduction for or on account of any counterclaim. 

  

	18.9	All payments by the parties under this Agreement shall be made in Euro. 

  

	18.10	If at any time any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable under the laws of any jurisdiction, that shall not affect:

  

	 	18.10.1	the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Agreement; or 

 

	 	18.10.2	the legality, validity or enforceability under the laws of any other jurisdiction of that or another provision of this Agreement. 

 

	18.11	Except in respect of each Lion Group Company, which shall have the right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties Act 1999) to enforce any right conferred upon it
by the terms of this Agreement, and as otherwise provided herein, a person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right to enforce any term of this Agreement. 

 

	18.12	Each party agrees that each Seller is a separate entity and that, save as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement: 

 

	 	18.12.1	the obligations of the Sellers under or in connection with this Agreement and the Tax Deed are several and neither joint nor joint and several; and

  
 - 47 -

	 	18.12.2	the obligations arising under or in connection with this Agreement and the Tax Deed are assumed by each of the Sellers (at the relevant time) severally in relation only
to itself, and the liability of each Seller in respect of any breach of representation, warranty, undertaking, covenant, agreement or obligation shall extend only to any Losses and Expenses arising from its own breach (subject always to clause 9 and
[bullet]). 

  

	18.13	Where this Agreement provides for more than one Seller to: 

  

	 	18.13.1	accept; 

  

	 	18.13.2	consent to; 

  

	 	18.13.3	notify, or consult with, Lion in relation to; 

  

	 	18.13.4	have the right to require Lion to take any action in relation to, 

 a particular matter, Lion shall be entitled to rely on the acceptance, consent, notification, consultation, or request of any one such Seller (as it may elect) in relation to such matter without further
enquiry and to the exclusion of the other Seller or Sellers. 
  

	18.14	HTM shall, from time to time on being required to do so by Lion, promptly and at the cost and expense of Lion do or procure the doing of all such acts and/or execute or
procure the execution of all such documents in a form reasonably satisfactory to Lion as Lion may reasonably consider necessary for giving full effect to the transfer of the Shares and the perfection of Lion’s title to the Shares.

  

	19.	ENTIRE AGREEMENT 

 In this
clause 19 “Representation” means an assurance, commitment, condition, covenant, guarantee, indemnity, representation, statement, undertaking or warranty of any sort whatsoever (whether contractual or otherwise, oral or in
writing, or made negligently or otherwise). 
  

	19.1	Subject to the provisions of clause 19.2, the Transactional Documents constitute the entire agreement between the parties. They supersede any previous agreements
relating to the subject matter of the Transactional Documents (including any term sheet relating thereto), and set out the complete legal relationship of the parties arising from or connected with that subject matter. 

 

	19.2	Accordingly, Lion: 

  

	 	19.2.1	represents and agrees that: 

  

	 	(a)	no Retained Group Company or Target Group Company or adviser to a Retained Group Company or Target Group Company has made any Representation that Lion considers
material which is not specifically provided in the Transactional Documents; and 

  
 - 48 -

	 	(b)	it has not entered into the Transactional Documents in reliance on any Representation except those specifically provided in the Transactional Documents,

 and will not contend to the contrary; and 

 

	 	19.2.2	for the avoidance of doubt agrees that: 

  

	 	(a)	no Retained Group Company (except a Seller) or Target Group Company or adviser to a Retained Group Company or Target Group Company has any liability to Lion for any
Representation; 

  

	 	(b)	no Seller has any liability of any kind to Lion for any Representation except in respect of those specifically provided in the Transactional Documents; and

  

	 	(c)	its only rights and remedies in respect of any Representations are those rights and remedies set out in this Agreement. 

 

	19.3	Likewise, HTM: 

  

	 	19.3.1	represents and agrees that: 

  

	 	(a)	no Lion Group Company, adviser to a Lion Group Company or provider of finance to Lion has made any Representation that HTM considers material which is not specifically
provided in the Transactional Documents; and 

  

	 	(b)	it has not entered into the Transactional Documents in reliance on any Representation except those specifically provided in the Transactional Documents,

 and will not contend to the contrary; and 

 

	 	19.3.2	for the avoidance of doubt agrees that: 

  

	 	(a)	no Lion Group Company (except Lion or Lion’s Guarantor), or adviser to a Lion Group Company has any liability to HTM for any Representation;

  

	 	(b)	Lion and Lion’s Guarantor has no liability of any kind to HTM for any Representation except in respect of those specifically provided in the Transactional
Documents; and 

  

	 	(c)	its only rights and remedies in respect of any Representations are those rights and remedies set out in this Agreement. 

 

	19.4	Insofar as it imposes obligations of confidentiality between the parties, this Agreement shall only supersede the Confidentiality Agreement at Completion.

  

	19.5	 Lion Group Companies (except Lion and Lion’s Guarantor), Retained Group Companies (except a Seller), advisers to a Lion Group Company, and
advisers to a 

  
 - 49 -

	 	 
Retained Group Company and/or a Target Group Company may enforce the terms of this clause 19 subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act
1999. 

  

	19.6	Nothing in this clause 19 shall have the effect of limiting any liability arising from fraud. 

 

	20.	ASSIGNMENT 

  

	20.1	The benefit of a Seller’s rights under this Agreement shall not be assignable, save that a Seller may, without the consent of the other parties, assign to another
Retained Group Company (provided that such assignee is at the date of assignment both balance sheet and cash flow solvent and is incorporated in a Member State of the European Union) the benefit of all or any of Lion’s and/or
Lion’s Guarantor’s obligations under this Agreement and/or any benefit arising under or out of this Agreement provided however that such assignment shall not be absolute but shall be expressed to have effect only for so long as the
assignee remains a Retained Group Company and is both balance sheet and cash flow solvent. Where an assignment is made by a Seller pursuant to this clause 20.1 of the benefit of any of Lion’s and/or Lion’s Guarantor’s obligations
under this Agreement, the amount (if any) payable to the assignee by Lion and/or Lion’s Guarantor under this Agreement shall not exceed the amount that would have been so payable to a Seller in the absence of any such assignment.

  

	20.2	The benefit of Lion’s rights under this Agreement shall not be assignable, save that Lion may, without the consent of the other parties, assign to another Lion
Group Company (provided that such assignee is at the date of assignment both balance sheet and cash flow solvent and is incorporated in a Member State of the European Union) the benefit of all or any of a Seller’s obligations under this
Agreement and/or any benefit arising under or out of this Agreement provided however that such assignment shall not be absolute but shall be expressed to have effect only for so long as the assignee remains a Lion Group Company and is both
balance sheet and cash flow solvent. Where an assignment is made by Lion pursuant to this clause 20.2 of the benefit of any of a Seller’s obligations under this Agreement, the amount (if any) payable to the assignee by that Seller under this
Agreement shall not exceed the amount that would have been so payable to Lion in the absence of any such assignment. 

  

	20.3	Each Seller agrees that, at any time prior to Completion, Lion may on written notice to each Seller transfer by novation all of its Rights and Obligations to any Lion
Group Company incorporated in a Member State of the European Union (provided that such Lion Group Company is and will be both balance sheet and cash flow solvent at the date of such transfer and as a result of it, and is incorporated in a
Member State of the European Union) (a “Transferee”), subject to the Transferee having executed a deed of adherence in the form set out in part A of [bullet]. The parties agree that, upon such deed of adherence being executed
and delivered (the “Effective Time”):  

  

	 	20.3.1	 Lion shall be automatically released from the observance, performance and discharge of its Obligations, and each Seller undertakes to Lion that it
shall not make or bring any claim, counterclaim, demand, action or proceeding 

  
 - 50 -

	 	 
(including arbitration) of any nature whatsoever, or seek to enforce any right or interest, against Lion in connection with any past, present or future performance or non-performance of this
Agreement; 

  

	 	20.3.2	the Transferee shall be deemed to be Lion for the purposes of this Agreement and entitled to the Rights of Lion, and bound by the Obligations of Lion, in place of and
to the exclusion of Lion; 

  

	 	20.3.3	each Seller shall accept the observance, performance and discharge of the Obligations of Lion, and the assumption of the Rights of Lion, by Transferee in place of and
to the exclusion of Lion as if the Transferee had at all times been a party to this Agreement; and 

  

	 	20.3.4	unless the context otherwise requires, where there is a reference in this Agreement to “Lion” it shall be deemed to be or include a reference to the
Transferee and references in this Agreement to the parties to it shall be construed accordingly. 

 For the purpose
of this clause 20.3: 
 “Obligations” means all wholly or partly undischarged or wholly or partly
unperformed liabilities and obligations (and all claims arising from them) whenever, whatsoever and howsoever arising in connection with the performance or non-performance of any provision of this Agreement (in each case whether known or unknown,
actual, accrued, future, contingent or prospective, and whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise) which immediately before the Effective Time attach to Lion or which after the effective time would have attached to Lion in the absence of a
transfer by novation pursuant to this clause 20.3; and 
 “Rights” means all rights and benefits (and all claims
arising from them) whenever, whatsoever and howsoever arising in connection with the performance or non-performance of any provision of this Agreement (in each case whether known or unknown, actual, accrued, future, contingent or prospective, and
whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise) which immediately before the Effective Time belong to Lion or to which Lion would have been entitled after the Effective Time in the absence of a transfer by novation pursuant to this clause 20.3.

  

	20.4	For the purposes of clause 21, the Transferee’s address shall be that set out in the deed of adherence executed by that Transferee. 

 

	21.	NOTICES 

  

	21.1	A notice or other communication under or in connection with this Agreement (a “Notice”) shall be: 

 

	 	21.1.1	in writing; 

  

	 	21.1.2	in the English language; and 

  

	 	21.1.3	delivered personally or sent by courier or by fax to the party due to receive the Notice to the address set out in clause 21.3 (subject to clause 4.2.1(c) and
clause 20.4) or to an alternative address, person, or fax number specified by that party by not less than 7 days’ written notice to the other party received before the Notice was despatched. 

  
 - 51 -

	21.2	Unless there is evidence that it was received earlier, a Notice is deemed given if: 

 

	 	21.2.1	delivered personally, when left at the address referred to in clause 21.1.3; 

 

	 	21.2.2	sent by domestic courier two Business Days after posting it; 

  

	 	21.2.3	sent by international courier four Business Days after posting it; and 

  

	 	21.2.4	sent by fax, when confirmation of its transmission has been recorded by the sender’s fax machine. 

 

	21.3	The address referred to in clause 21.1.3 is: 

  

							
	 Name of party
	 	 Address
	 	 Fax No.
	 	 Marked for the attention
of

	HTM	 	 Jipfa Building, 3rd Floor, Main Street, Road Town, Tortola, British
 Virgin Islands
	 	+ 357 223 74841	 	Tatiana Ieronymides
				
		 	with a copy to:	 	+ 381 11 207 6899	 	Nenad Popovic
		 	 Jankovic, Popovic
 &
Mitic o.d.
	 		 	
		 	37 Carli Caplin street, Belgrade, Serbia	 		 	
				
	Delhaize “The Lion” Nederland B.V.	 	 Martinus Nijhofflaan 2 2624ES Delft
 The Netherlands
	 	+ 31 (0)15 789 0 199	 	Mr Gerben van den Berg
				
		 	 With a copy to:
 Delhaize
Group SA/NV Square Marie Curie 40 1070 Brussels Belgium
	 		 	Mr Philippe Dechamps
				
	Delhaize Group SA/NV	 	Square Marie Curie 40 1070 Brussels Belgium	 	+ 32 (0)2 412 83 89	 	Mr Philippe Dechamps
				
		 	 With a copy to:
 CMS
DeBacker Chausse de la Hulpe 178 Brussels B-1170 Belgium
	 	+ 32 (0)2 743 69 85	 	Mr Vincent Dirckx

  
 - 52 -

	22.	GOVERNING LAW AND ARBITRATION 

  

	22.1	This Agreement is governed by English law. 

  

	22.2	Any dispute, controversy or claim arising from or connected with this Agreement, including one regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the
consequences of its nullity and any non-contractual or other dispute (a “Dispute”) shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the Rules of the LCIA. 

 

	22.3	The arbitral tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators, one being appointed by the relevant Seller (or, if more than one relevant Seller, jointly by such Sellers),
one being appointed by Lion and one being appointed by the arbitrators appointed by Lion and the relevant Seller(s). 

  

	22.4	The seat of the arbitration shall be London, UK, all hearings shall take place in London, UK and the language of the arbitration shall be English.

  

	22.5	The parties waive any right to refer points of law or to appeal to the courts, to the extent that such waiver can validly be made. 

 

	22.6	The parties agree that the arbitral tribunal shall have the power to order on a provisional basis any relief which it would have power to grant in a final award.

  

	23.	LINKED DISPUTES 

  

	23.1	In this clause 23: 

“Dispute” means any disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any Linked Agreement, including any
question regarding their existence, validity or termination; and 
 “Linked Agreement” means the First Tranche
Share Sale Agreement, the Second Tranche Share Sale Agreement, the CyprusCo2 Deed of Adherence, the SerbCo Deed of Adherence, any deed of adherence entered into pursuant to clause 20.3 or the Tax Deed. 

 

	23.2	 Where there are only two parties to arbitration proceedings, one arbitrator shall be nominated by each of those parties. Where there are more than two
parties to arbitration proceedings, whether as Claimant or Respondent (as defined in the LCIA Rules), the multiple Claimants, jointly, and/or the multiple Respondents, jointly, shall each nominate an arbitrator. In the absence of such a joint
nomination and where all parties are unable to agree the method for the constitution of the Arbitral Tribunal, the LCIA Court shall appoint each member of the Arbitral Tribunal pursuant to the Rules. In any case the third arbitrator, who shall sit
as chairman of the Arbitral Tribunal shall be appointed by the LCIA Court. Each party expressly agrees and consents to this 

  
 - 53 -

	 	 
procedure for appointing the Arbitral Tribunal and irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right to choose or nominate its own arbitrator if it is one of multiple Claimants or one of multiple
Respondents. 

  

	23.3	The parties hereby agree to the consolidation of any two or more Disputes in accordance with the provisions of this clause 23. 

 

	23.4	The parties hereby waive any objections they may have as to the validity and/or enforcement of any arbitral awards made by the Tribunal (as defined below) following a
Consolidation Order (as defined in clause 23.7) or arbitral proceedings in accordance with this clause 23 to the extent that such objections are based on the fact that consolidation of the same has occurred or to the extent that such objections are
based on the fact that they did not choose or nominate any member of the Tribunal. 

  

	23.5	Any party to this Agreement or to a Linked Agreement may apply to any Arbitral Tribunal appointed under this Agreement or a Linked Agreement (in each case a
“Tribunal”) for an order that a Dispute (the “Linked Dispute”) is related to the Dispute already referred to that Tribunal (the “Primary Dispute”). The application must be made as soon as
practicable with notice to the parties to the Primary Dispute and the Linked Dispute. 

  

	23.6	Where applications are made for the consolidation of two or more Disputes under this Agreement or any Linked Agreement, all applications shall be deemed to have been
made to the first Tribunal appointed and the Dispute before that Tribunal shall be the Primary Dispute. 

  

	23.7	On hearing such an application the Tribunal may make an order that the Primary Dispute and Linked Dispute be resolved in the same arbitration proceedings (a
“Consolidation Order”). In deciding whether to make a Consolidation Order the matters which are to be taken into account by the Tribunal shall include: 

 

	 	23.7.1	the extent to which issues of law or fact arise that are common to the Primary Dispute and Linked Dispute; 

 

	 	23.7.2	the stage of the proceedings in the Primary Dispute and Linked Dispute; 

  

	 	23.7.3	the likelihood and consequences of inconsistent decisions if consolidation is not ordered; 

 

	 	23.7.4	any failure on the part of the party seeking consolidation to make its application timely; and 

 

	 	23.7.5	the likely cost and delay caused by the proposed consolidation. 

  

	23.8	If the Tribunal makes a Consolidation Order: 

  

	 	23.8.1	it shall thereafter, to the exclusion of all other Tribunals, have jurisdiction to resolve finally the Linked Dispute in addition to its jurisdiction in relation to the
Primary Dispute; 

  
 - 54 -

	 	23.8.2	it shall order that notice of the Consolidation Order and its effect be given immediately to any arbitrators already appointed in relation to the Linked Dispute and to
all parties to such Dispute; and 

  

	 	23.8.3	it may also give any other directions as it considers appropriate to give effect to the consolidation and make provision for any costs which may result from it
(including costs of any Tribunal rendered functus officio under clause 23.9 below) and to ensure proper organisation of the arbitration proceedings and that all the issues between the parties are properly formulated and resolved.

  

	23.9	If, before the Consolidation Order, arbitrators have already been appointed in relation to the Linked Dispute, their appointment terminates upon the making of such a
Consolidation Order and they are deemed to be functus officio. Such termination is without prejudice to: 

  

	 	23.9.1	the validity of any acts done or orders made by them before termination; 

  

	 	23.9.2	their entitlement to be paid their fees and disbursements to which they may be entitled under the Rules; 

 

	 	23.9.3	the parties’ entitlement to legal and other costs incurred before termination, pursuant always to article 28.4 of the Rules; 

 

	 	23.9.4	evidence adduced and admissible before termination, which evidence shall be admissible in arbitral proceedings remaining after the Consolidation Order; and

  

	 	23.9.5	the date when any claim or defence was raised for the purposes of applying any limitation, bar or any like rule or provision. 

 

	23.10	Where a Consolidation Order is made by a Tribunal appointed under a Linked Agreement, the effect of which is to confer on that Tribunal jurisdiction to resolve a
Dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, such Consolidation Order and the award of the Tribunal shall bind the parties to this Agreement. 

 

	23.11	For the avoidance of doubt, where a Tribunal is appointed under this Agreement, the whole of its award (including any part relating to a Linked Dispute) shall be deemed
for the purposes of the New York Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Arbitral Awards of 1958 to be contemplated by this Agreement. 

  

	23.12	If arbitration proceedings are not consolidated, concurrent hearings of those proceedings may, on application by any party to those proceedings, be ordered on such
terms as may be agreed by the relevant parties or, in the absence of such agreement, directed by the Tribunals of the relevant proceedings. If no agreement can be reached as to those directions by the respective Tribunals there shall be no
concurrent hearings. Each party acknowledges that the Tribunals presiding over proceedings which are to be the subject of concurrent hearings may communicate with each other to enable them to decide the terms on which they are to be conducted. Each
party waives the confidentiality of proceedings to the extent necessary to give effect to this provision. 

  
 - 55 -

	23.13	Where consolidated proceedings or concurrent hearings have been ordered, the relevant proceedings shall cease to be confidential as between the parties involved in such
consolidated proceedings or concurrent hearings, but shall remain confidential for all other purposes. The cessation of confidentiality shall be retrospective. Proceedings which are neither consolidated, nor the subject of an order for concurrent
hearings, shall remain confidential to the parties to each of these proceedings in accordance with article 30 of the Rules, save for the purposes of any application to a Tribunal for a Consolidation Order pursuant to clause 23.5 above.

  

	24.	GOVERNING LANGUAGE 

  

	24.1	This Agreement is drawn up in the English language. If this Agreement is translated into another language, the English language text prevails. 

 

	24.2	Each notice, demand, request, statement, instrument, certificate or other communication given, delivered or made by a party to any other party under or in connection
with this Agreement shall be: 

  

	 	24.2.1	in English; or 

  

	 	24.2.2	if not in English, accompanied by an English translation made by a translator, and certified by such translator to be accurate. 

 

	24.3	The receiving party shall be entitled to assume the accuracy of and rely upon any English translation of any document provided pursuant to clause 24.2.2.

  

	25.	COUNTERPARTS 

 This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered is an original and all of which together evidence the same agreement. 
 IN WITNESS of which the parties to this Agreement have executed it as a deed and delivered it upon dating it. 

  
 - 56 -

 EXECUTED by the parties as a Deed: 

 

									
	 Signed as a deed by Miroslav Mišković
	 	)	 		 		 	
	 as attorney for
	 	)	 		 		 	
	 HITOMI FINANCIAL LIMITED

in the presence of:
	 	)	 	 /s/ Miroslav Mišković
	 		 	

  

							
	Signature of witness:	 	 /s/ Nenad Popovic
	 		 	
				
	Name:	 	 Nenad Popovic
	 		 	
				
	Address:	 	  
	 		 	
				
	Occupation:	 	 Attorney at Law
	 		 	

  

									
		 	)	 		 		 	
	Executed as a deed by	 		 		 		 	
	 DELHAIZE ‘THE LION’
 NEDERLAND BV
	 	)	 		 		 	
	acting by: Pierre-Olivier Beckers	 	)	 	 /s/ Pierre-Olivier Beckers
	 		 	

  

							
	Signature of witness:	 	 /s/ Philippe Dechamps
	 		 	
				
	Name:	 	 Philippe Dechamps
	 		 	
				
	Address:	 	 Square Marie Curie 40, 1070 Brussels-BE
	 		 	
				
	Occupation:	 	 Deputy General Counsel
	 		 	

  

									
		 	)	 		 		 	
	 Executed as a deed by
	 		 		 		 	
	DELHAIZE GROUP SA	 	)	 		 		 	
	 acting by: Pierre-Olivier Beckers
	 	)	 	 /s/ Pierre-Olivier Beckers
	 		 	

  

							
				
	 Signature of witness:
	 	 /s/ Philippe Dechamps
	 		 	
				
	 Name:
	 	 Philippe Dechamps
	 		 	
				
	 Address:
	 	  
	 		 	
				
	 Occupation:
	 	 Deputy General Counsel
	 		 	

  
 - 57 -Exhibit 4.10

 Exhibit 4.10 
 EUR 600,000,000 
 FACILITY AGREEMENT 

dated 15 April 2011 
 for 
 DELHAIZE GROUP SA/NV 

arranged by 
 FORTIS BANK SA/NV 
 BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LIMITED 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH 
 J.P. MORGAN PLC 
 with 

FORTIS BANK SA/NV 
 acting as Agent 
 

 

 CONTENTS 

 

							
	Clause	 	 	  	Page	 
			
		 	SECTION 1	  			
		 	INTERPRETATION	  			
			
	1.	 	Definitions and interpretation	  	 	1	  
			
		 	SECTION 2	  			
		 	THE FACILITY	  			
			
	2.	 	The Facility	  	 	17	  
	3.	 	Purpose	  	 	19	  
	4.	 	Conditions of Utilisation	  	 	20	  
			
		 	SECTION 3	  			
		 	UTILISATION	  			
			
	5.	 	Utilisation	  	 	21	  
			
		 	SECTION 4	  			
		 	REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION	  			
			
	6.	 	Repayment	  	 	23	  
	7.	 	Prepayment and cancellation	  	 	24	  
			
		 	SECTION 5	  			
		 	COSTS OF UTILISATIONS	  			
			
	8.	 	Interest	  	 	28	  
	9.	 	Interest Periods	  	 	29	  
	10.	 	Changes to the calculation of interest	  	 	29	  
	11.	 	Fees	  	 	30	  
			
		 	SECTION 6	  			
		 	ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS	  			
			
	12.	 	Tax gross up and indemnities	  	 	32	  
	13.	 	Increased costs	  	 	37	  
	14.	 	Other indemnities	  	 	38	  
	15.	 	Mitigation by the Lenders	  	 	39	  
	16.	 	Costs and expenses	  	 	39	  
			
		 	SECTION 7	  			
		 	GUARANTEE	  			
			
	17.	 	Guarantee	  	 	41	  
			
		 	SECTION 8	  			
		 	REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT	  			
			
	18.	 	Representations	  	 	46	  
	19.	 	Information undertakings	  	 	50	  
	20.	 	Financial covenants	  	 	54	  
	21.	 	General undertakings	  	 	57	  
	22.	 	Events of Default	  	 	63	  

  
 i 

							
		 	SECTION 9	  			
		 	CHANGES TO PARTIES	  			
			
	23.	 	Changes to the Lenders	  	 	67	  
	24.	 	Changes to the Obligors	  	 	70	  
			
		 	SECTION 10	  			
		 	THE FINANCE PARTIES	  			
			
	25.	 	Role of the Agent and the Arranger	  	 	73	  
	26.	 	Conduct of business by the Finance Parties	  	 	78	  
	27.	 	Sharing among the Finance Parties	  	 	79	  
			
		 	SECTION 11	  			
		 	ADMINISTRATION	  			
			
	28.	 	Payment mechanics	  	 	81	  
	29.	 	Set-off	  	 	84	  
	30.	 	Notices	  	 	84	  
	31.	 	Calculations and certificates	  	 	86	  
	32.	 	Partial invalidity	  	 	86	  
	33.	 	Remedies and waivers	  	 	86	  
	34.	 	Amendments and Waivers	  	 	87	  
	35.	 	Confidentiality	  	 	89	  
	36.	 	Counterparts	  	 	92	  
			
		 	SECTION 12	  			
		 	GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT	  			
			
	37.	 	Governing law	  	 	93	  
	38.	 	Enforcement	  	 	93	  
	39.	 	Election of domicile	  	 	93	  
			
	Schedules	 		  			
		
	Schedule 1 The Original Parties	  	 	94	  
	Schedule 2 Conditions precedent	  	 	97	  
	Schedule 3 Utilisation Request	  	 	102	  
	Schedule 4 Mandatory Cost formulae	  	 	103	  
	Schedule 5 Form of Transfer Certificate	  	 	105	  
	Schedule 6 Form of Accession Letter	  	 	107	  
	Schedule 7 Form of Resignation Letter	  	 	108	  
	Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate	  	 	109	  
	Schedule 9 Existing Security	  	 	110	  
	Schedule 10 LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking	  	 	112	  
	Schedule 11 Timetables	  	 	117	  
	Schedule 12 Form of Increase Confirmation	  	 	118	  
	Schedule 13 Addresses for notices	  	 	119	  

  
 ii 

 THIS AGREEMENT is dated 15 April 2011 and made between: 

 

	(1)	DELHAIZE GROUP SA/NV, a company organised and existing under Belgian law, having its registered office at Rue Osseghem 53, 1080 Brussels, Belgium and registered
under company number VAT BE 0402.206.045 RLP Brussels (the “Company”); 

  

	(2)	THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original borrowers (together with the Company the
“Original Borrowers”); 

  

	(3)	THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original guarantors (together with the Company the
“Original Guarantors”); 

  

	(4)	FORTIS BANK SA/NV, BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LIMITED, DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH and J.P. MORGAN PLC as bookrunning mandated lead
arrangers (whether acting individually or together the “Arranger”); 

  

	(5)	THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as lenders (the “Original Lenders”); and

  

	(6)	FORTIS BANK SA/NV as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”). 

 IT IS AGREED as follows: 
 SECTION 1 

INTERPRETATION 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 

  

	1.1	Definitions 

 In this
Agreement: 
 “Acceptable Bank” means: 

 

	 	(a)	a Lender; 

  

	 	(b)	a bank or financial institution which has an S&P Credit Rating or a Fitch Rating of A- or higher or a Moody’s Credit Rating of A3 or higher or a comparable
rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or 

  

	 	(c)	any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent. 

 “Accession Letter” means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Accession Letter). 
 “Additional Borrower” means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors). 

“Additional Cost Rate” has the meaning given to it in Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formulae). 

“Additional Guarantor” means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to
the Obligors). 

  
 1 

 “Additional Obligor” means an Additional Borrower or an Additional
Guarantor. 
 “Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of
that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company. 
 “Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means the
Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00am on a particular day. 

“Aggregate Disposed Value” means, at any time, the aggregate of the book value of each asset that was the subject of a
sale, lease, transfer or other disposal made after the date of this Agreement by an Obligor and not permitted under paragraphs (b)(i) to (b)(vi) of Clause 21.4 (Disposals). 

“Aggregate Encumbered Value” means, at any time, the aggregate of the principal amounts of all indebtedness which has the
benefit of Security or Quasi-Security given by any Obligor which is not permitted under paragraphs (c)(i) to (c)(xv) of Clause 21.3 (Negative pledge). 
 “Anti-Terrorism Law” means (a) the US Executive Order, (b) the USA Patriot Act, and (c) the US Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Public Law 99-570. 

“Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or
registration. 
 “Availability Period” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and
including the date falling one month prior to the Termination Date. 
 “Available Commitment” means, a
Lender’s Commitment minus: 
  

	 	(a)	the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans; and 

 

	 	(b)	in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date,

 other than that Lender’s participation in any Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the
proposed Utilisation Date. 
 “Available Facility” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s
Available Commitment. 
 “Base Currency” means euro. 

“Base Currency Amount” means, in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by a
Borrower for that Loan (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date
or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request) adjusted to reflect any repayment or prepayment of the Loan. 
 “Belgian Civil Code” means the Belgian Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek/Code civil). 
 “Belgian Companies Code” means the Belgian Companies Code (Wetboek van vennootschappen/Code des sociétés). 

“Belgian Obligor” means an Obligor having its habitual residence (within the meaning of the Belgian Private International
Law Code) in Belgium. 

  
 2 

 “Blocked Person” means: 

 

	 	(a)	a person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the US Executive Order; 

 

	 	(b)	a person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the US
Executive Order; 

  

	 	(c)	a person with which any bank or other financial institution is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

  

	 	(d)	a person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the US Executive Order; 

 

	 	(e)	a person that is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list published by OFAC at its official website or any replacement website or
other replacement official publication of such list; or 

  

	 	(f)	a person that is affiliated with a person listed above. 

 “Borrower” means an Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors). 

“Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which: 

 

	 	(a)	the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day
of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; 

exceeds: 
  

	 	(b)	the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in
the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period. 

 “Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Brussels and London and: 

 

	 	(a)	(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; or

  

	 	(b)	(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET Day. 

 “Commitment” means: 
  

	 	(a)	in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in Part II of Schedule 1 (The
Original Parties) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and 

 

	 	(b)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2
(Increase), 

 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. 

  
 3 

 “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set
out in Schedule 8 (Form of Compliance Certificate). 
 “Confidential Information” means all information
relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to,
or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either: 
  

	 	(a)	any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or 

  

	 	(b)	another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of
representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that: 
  

	 	(i)	is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 35 (Confidentiality); or

  

	 	(ii)	is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or 

 

	 	(iii)	is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by
that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise
subject to, any obligation of confidentiality. 

 “Confidentiality Undertaking” means a
confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 10 (LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking) or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent. 

“Credit Rating” means an S&P Credit Rating or a Moody’s Credit Rating. 

“Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 22 (Events of Default) which
would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default. 

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender: 
  

	 	(a)	which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation
Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation); 

  

	 	(b)	which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or 

  

	 	(c)	with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, 

 unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above: 
  

	 	(i)	its failure to pay is caused by: 

  

	 	(A)	administrative or technical error; or 

  
 4 

	 	(B)	a Disruption Event; and 

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or 

 

	 	(ii)	the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. 

“Disruption Event” means either or both of: 

 

	 	(a)	a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be
made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

  

	 	(b)	the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing
that, or any other Party: 

  

	 	(i)	from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	(ii)	from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted. 

“ERISA” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. 

“ERISA Entity” means any member of an ERISA Group. 

“ERISA Event” means: 
  

	 	(a)	any “reportable event”, as defined in section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a US Pension Plan (other than an event for
which the 30-day notice period is waived by regulation); 

  

	 	(b)	the existence with respect to any US Pension Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in section 302(a) of ERISA), whether or not waived, the
failure to make by its due date a required instalment under section 412(j) of the US Tax Code with respect to any US Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a US Multiemployer Plan; 

 

	 	(c)	the filing pursuant to section 412(c) of the US Tax Code or section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any
US Pension Plan; 

  

	 	(d)	the incurrence by any ERISA Entity of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any US Pension Plan; 

 

	 	(e)	the receipt by any ERISA Entity from the US Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any US
Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any US Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of or the appointment of a trustee to
administer any US Pension Plan; 

  
 5 

	 	(f)	the incurrence by any ERISA Entity of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any US Pension Plan or US Multiemployer Plan;

  

	 	(g)	the receipt by an ERISA Entity of any notice concerning the imposition of withdrawal liability (under the Title IV of ERISA) or a determination that a US Multiemployer
Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; or 

  

	 	(h)	the making of any amendment to any US Pension Plan which could result in the imposition of a lien or the posting of a bond or other security. 

“ERISA Group” means any US Obligor, any Subsidiary of a US Obligor and all members of a controlled group of corporations
and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with any US Obligor or any Subsidiary, are treated as a single employer under section 414 of the US Tax Code. 

“EURIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan in the Base Currency: 

 

	 	(a)	the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  

	 	(b)	(if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent
at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the European interbank market, 

 as of the
Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in euro for a period comparable to the Interest Period of the relevant Loan. 
 “Event of Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 22 (Events of Default). 
 “Existing Facility Agreement” means the second amended and restated credit agreement dated 1 December 2009 between Delhaize America, Inc. as borrower; the Company as borrower and
guarantor; the subsidiary guarantors party thereto; the lenders party thereto; JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, issuing bank and swingline lender; Bank of America, N.A. and Fortis Capital Corp. as syndication agents, issuing banks
and swingline lenders; and Morgan Stanley MUFG Loan Partners, LLC as documentation agent. 
 “Facility” means
the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility). 

“Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it
becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement. 

“Fee Letter” means any letter or letters dated prior to, or on or about, the date of this Agreement between the Arranger
and the Company (or the Agent and the Company) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 (Fees). 

“Finance Document” means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter and any other
document designated as such by the Agent and the Company. 
 “Finance Party” means the Agent, the Arranger or a
Lender. 

  
 6 

 “Financial Indebtedness” means (without double counting) any indebtedness
for or in respect of: 
  

	 	(a)	moneys borrowed; 

  

	 	(b)	any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent; 

 

	 	(c)	any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument; 

 

	 	(d)	the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

  

	 	(e)	receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis); 

 

	 	(f)	any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; 

 

	 	(g)	any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any
derivative transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account); 

  

	 	(h)	any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or
financial institution; and 

  

	 	(i)	the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (h) above.

 “Fitch Rating” means, in respect of a person, a rating for that person’s long-term
unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations by Fitch Ratings Ltd. 
 “Group” means the Company and its
Subsidiaries for the time being. 
 “Guarantor” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless
it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors). 
 “Guarantor Cover
Requirement” means the requirement that the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions)) of the
Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) represent not less than 70 per cent
of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions)) and consolidated gross assets of the Group respectively. 
 “Holding Company” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary. 

“IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent
applicable to the relevant financial statements. 
 “Impaired Agent” means the Agent at any time when:

  

	 	(a)	it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

  
 7 

	 	(b)	it otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document; 

  

	 	(c)	(if it is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or 

 

	 	(d)	an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to it; 

 unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above: 
  

	 	(i)	its failure to pay is caused by: 

  

	 	(A)	administrative or technical error; or 

  

	 	(B)	a Disruption Event; and 

 payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or 
  

	 	(ii)	it is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question. 

“Increase Confirmation” means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 12 (Form of Increase
Confirmation). 
 “Information Memorandum” means the document in the form approved by the Company concerning
the Group which, at the Company’s request and on its behalf, was prepared in relation to this transaction and distributed by the Arranger to selected financial institutions before the date of this Agreement. 

“Insolvency Event” in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party: 

 

	 	(a)	is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); 

 

	 	(b)	becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; 

 

	 	(c)	makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; 

 

	 	(d)	institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it
in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law
affecting creditors’ rights, all other than by way of an Undisclosed Administration, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official; 

 

	 	(e)	has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law
affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a
person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and: 

  

	 	(i)	results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

  
 8 

	 	(ii)	is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; 

 

	 	(f)	has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

  

	 	(g)	seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or
for all or substantially all its assets, all other than by way of an Undisclosed Administration; 

  

	 	(h)	has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied,
enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; 

 

	 	(i)	causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in
paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or 

  

	 	(j)	takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts. 

“Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest
Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest). 

“Lender” means: 
  

	 	(a)	any Original Lender; and 

  

	 	(b)	any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase) or Clause 23 (Changes to the
Lenders), 

 which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 “LIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan in US dollars: 

 

	 	(a)	the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  

	 	(b)	(if no Screen Rate is available for the currency or Interest Period of that Loan) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied
to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market, 

 as of
the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in the currency of that Loan and for a period comparable to the Interest Period for that Loan. 
 “Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan. 

“LMA” means the Loan Market Association. 
 “Majority Lenders” means: 

  
 9 

	 	(a)	 until the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2/3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been
reduced to zero and there are no Loans then outstanding, aggregated more than 66 2/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or 

  

	 	(b)	 at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 66 2/3% of all the Loans then outstanding.

 “Mandatory Cost” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in
accordance with Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formulae). 
 “Margin” means: 

 

	 	(a)	in respect of Loans in euro: 0.90 per cent. per annum; and 

  

	 	(b)	in respect of Loans in US dollars: 1.20 per cent. per annum, 

 provided that if after the date of this Agreement the current Credit Rating of the Company changes, the Margin in respect of each Loan shall be the percentage per annum set out below in the column
opposite the then current Credit Rating of the Company for Loans made in that currency: 
  

							
	S&P Credit Rating	  	Moody’s Credit
Rating	  	Margin in per cent.
per annum for
Loans in euro	  	Margin in per cent.
per annum for
Loans in US dollars
	 BBB+ or better
	  	Baa1 or better	  	0.70	  	1.00
	 BBB
	  	Baa2	  	0.80	  	1.10
	 BBB-
	  	Baa3	  	0.90	  	1.20
	 BB+
	  	Ba1	  	1.10	  	1.40
	 BB
	  	Ba2	  	1.35	  	1.65
	 Below BB
	  	Below Ba2	  	2.00	  	2.30

 However:

  

	 	(i)	any increase or decrease in the Margin for a Loan shall take effect on the date (the “reset date”) which is five Business Days after the change in the
Credit Rating of the Company has become effective; 

  

	 	(ii)	if the S&P Credit Rating and the Moody’s Credit Rating of the Company fall within different categories set out above, the Margin for each Loan shall be the
average of the relevant Margins set out in the grid above; and 

  

	 	(iii)	while an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin for each Loan shall be the highest percentage per annum set out above for a Loan in that currency.

 “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: 

 

	 	(a)	the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole; 

  
 10 

	 	(b)	the ability of an Obligor to perform its payment obligations under the Finance Documents and/or comply with its obligations under Clause 20 (Financial
covenants); or 

  

	 	(c)	the validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents. 

“Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the
next calendar month, except that: 
  

	 	(a)	(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month
in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; 

  

	 	(b)	if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar
month; and 

  

	 	(c)	if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that
Interest Period is to end. 

 The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period. 

“Moody’s Credit Rating” means, in respect of a person, a rating for that person’s long-term unsecured and non
credit-enhanced debt obligations by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or any successors to its rating business. 

“Obligor” means a Borrower or a Guarantor. 
 “OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the US Department of the Treasury or any successor thereto. 
 “Original Financial Statements” means, in relation to the Company, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 31 December 2010.

 “Original Obligor” means an Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor. 

“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the euro as
its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union. 

“Party” means a party to this Agreement. 
 “Qualifying Lender” has the meaning given to it in Clause 12 (Tax gross up and indemnities). 
 “Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined: 
  

	 	(a)	(if the currency is euro) two TARGET Days before the first day of that period; or 

 

	 	(b)	(if the currency is US dollars) two Business Days before the first day of that period, 

  
 11 

 unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which
case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than
one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days). 
 “Reference Banks” means, in relation to EURIBOR
and Mandatory Cost, the principal office in Brussels of Fortis Bank SA/NV and Deutsche Bank AG and, in relation to LIBOR, the principal office in London of Bank of America, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or such other banks as may be appointed
by the Agent in consultation with the Company. 
 “Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first
fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or
investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund. 
 “Relevant
Interbank Market” means in relation to euro, the European interbank market and, in relation to US dollars, the London interbank market. 
 “Repeating Representations” means each of the representations set out in Clause 18.1 (Status) to Clause 18.6 (Governing law and enforcement) inclusive, Clause 18.9 (No
default), Clause 18.12 (Pari passu ranking) and Clause 18.13 (No proceedings pending or threatened). 

“Representative” means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian. 

“Resignation Letter” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Resignation Letter).

 “Rollover Loan” means one or more Loans: 

 

	 	(a)	made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid; 

 

	 	(b)	the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Loan; 

 

	 	(c)	in the same currency as the maturing Loan; and 

  

	 	(d)	made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Loan. 

“S&P Credit Rating” means, in respect of a person, a rating for that person’s long-term unsecured and non
credit-enhanced debt obligations by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or any successors to its rating business. 

“Screen Rate” means: 
  

	 	(a)	in relation to EURIBOR, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Banking Federation of the European Union for the relevant period; and 

 

	 	(b)	in relation to LIBOR, the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for the relevant currency and period, 

displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may
specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Company and the Lenders. 

  
 12 

 “Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security
interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect. 

“Separate Loan” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6 (Repayment). 

“Specified Time” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 11 (Timetables). 

“Subsidiary” means, in relation to any company, another company which is controlled by the first company. 

“TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a
single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007. 
 “TARGET Day” means any day on which
TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro. 
 “Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other
charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same). 
 “Termination Date” means the date falling five years after the date of this Agreement. 
 “Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments, being EUR 600,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. 
 “Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the
Company. 
 “Transfer Date” means, in relation to a transfer, the later of: 

 

	 	(a)	the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate; and 

 

	 	(b)	the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Transfer Certificate. 

 “Undisclosed Administration” means in relation to a Lender the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official
by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed. 

“Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents. 

“Utilisation” means a utilisation of the Facility. 

“Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which a Loan is to be made. 

“Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request).

 “US” and “United States” means the United States of America, its territories, possessions
and other areas subject to the jurisdiction of the United States of America. 
 “US Executive Order” means
United States Executive Order No. 13224 on terrorist funding, effective 24 September 2001. 

  
 13 

 “US Federal Reserve Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System of the United States. 
 “US Investment Company Act” means the United States Investment Company
Act of 1940 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “US Obligor” means an Obligor whose jurisdiction of
organisation is a state of the United States or the District of Columbia. 
 “USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting
and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, US Public Law 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001). 
 “US Pension Plan” means an employee pension benefit plan (other than a US Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under
section 412 of the US Tax Code or section 302 of ERISA and is maintained or contributed to by any ERISA Entity or with respect to which any Obligor or a Subsidiary of an Obligor could incur liability (including under section 4069 of ERISA).

 “US Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan within the meaning of section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is
covered by Title IV of ERISA: 
  

	 	(a)	to which any ERISA Entity is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions; 

 

	 	(b)	to which any ERISA Entity has within the preceding five plan years made contributions, including any person which ceased to be an ERISA Entity during such five year
period, or 

  

	 	(c)	with respect to which any US Obligor or a Subsidiary of a US Obligor could incur liability. 

“US Tax Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986. 

“VAT” means any tax imposed in accordance with the council directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of the
value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112) or any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union or elsewhere, in substitution for or levied in addition to such tax. 

 

	1.2	Construction 

  

	 	(a)	Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to: 

  

	 	(i)	the “Agent”, the “Arranger”, any “Finance Party”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor” or
any “Party” shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees. 

  

	 	(ii)	“assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description; 

 

	 	(iii)	“control” (or any derivative form thereof) in respect of a person shall be construed so as to mean either: 

 

	 	(A)	the direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the share capital or similar rights of ownership of that person; or 

  
 14 

	 	(B)	the de facto or de iure power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a decisive influence on the designation of a majority of the directors or managers of
that person or on the direction of the management and policies of that person; 

  

	 	(iv)	the “European interbank market” means the interbank market for euro operating in Participating Member States; 

 

	 	(v)	a “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated,
supplemented, extended or restated; 

  

	 	(vi)	“indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future,
actual or contingent; 

  

	 	(vii)	a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture,
consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality); 

  

	 	(viii)	a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental,
intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; 

  

	 	(ix)	a “certified copy” refers to a copy certified in writing signed by a director or the secretary of the relevant company (or, if no company is specified,
of the Company) to be a true, complete and up-to date copy of the relevant document; 

  

	 	(x)	an obligation to act “reasonably” refers to the obligation not to abuse any rights and discretions the relevant Party may have;

  

	 	(xi)	a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and 

 

	 	(xii)	a time of day is a reference to Brussels time. 

  

	 	(b)	Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only. 

  

	 	(c)	Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same
meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement. 

  

	 	(d)	A Default (other than an Event of Default) is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is
“continuing” if it has not been waived. 

  

	1.3	Currency definitions 

 In
this Agreement: 
  

	 	(a)	“EUR” and “euro” denote the single currency of the Participating Member States; and 

 

	 	(b)	“USD” and “US dollars” denote the lawful currency of the United States. 

  
 15 

	1.4	Belgian terms 

 Insofar as
it applies to a Belgian Obligor, a reference in this Agreement to: 
  

	 	(a)	a “liquidator”, “compulsory manager”, “receiver”, “administrative receiver”,
“administrator” or similar officer includes any curator/curateur, vereffenaar/liquidateur, gedelegeerd rechter/juge délégué, gerechtsmandataris/ mandataire de justice, voorlopig
bewindvoerder/administrateur judiciaire, gerechtelijk bewindvoerder/administrateur judiciaire, mandataris ad hoc/mandataire ad hoc and sekwester/séquestre; 

 

	 	(b)	a “suspension of payments”, “moratorium of any indebtedness”, “winding-up”, “dissolution”,
“administration” or “reorganisation” includes any vereffening/liquidation, ontbinding/dissolution, faillissement/faillite or sluiting van een onderneming/fermeture d’entreprise.

  

	 	(c)	a “Security” includes a mortgage (hypotheek/hypothèque), a pledge (pand/gage), a transfer by way of security (overdracht ten
titel van zekerheid/transfert à titre de garantie), any other proprietary security interest (zakelijke zekerheid/sûreté réelle), a mandate to grant a mortgage, a pledge or any other real surety, a privilege
(voorrecht/privilège) and a retention of title (eigendomsvoorbehoud/réserve de propriété); 

  

	 	(d)	a person being “unable to pay its debts” is that person being in a state of cessation of payments (staking van betaling/cessation de paiements);

  

	 	(e)	“commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness” includes any negotiations conducted with
a view to reaching a settlement agreement (minnelijk akkoord/accord amiable) with two or more of its creditors pursuant to the Belgian Act of 31 January 2009 on the continuity of enterprises; 

 

	 	(f)	a “composition” includes any gerechtelijke reorganisatie/réorganisation judiciaire; 

 

	 	(g)	“winding-up”, “administration” or “dissolution” includes any vereffening/liquidation, ontbinding/dissolution
and faillissement/faillite; 

  

	 	(h)	“attachment”, “sequestration”, “distress”, “execution” or analogous procedures includes any
uitvoerend beslag/saisie-exécution and bewarend beslag/saisie conservatoire; 

  

	 	(i)	an “amalgamation”, “demerger”, “merger” or “corporate reconstruction” includes an overdracht van
algemeenheid/transfert d’universalité, an overdracht van bedrijfstak/transfert de branche d’activité, a splitsing/scission and a fusie/fusion as well as assimilated transactions (gelijkgestelde
verrichtingen/operations assimilées) in accordance with Articles 676 and 677 of the Belgian Companies Code; and 

  

	 	(j)	a “group for VAT purposes” refers to a BTW-eenheid/unité TVA and a reference to the “representative member” of such
group has the same meaning as the term vertegenwoordiger/représentant in the Belgian Royal Decree No. 55 of 9 March 2007. 

  
 16 

 SECTION 2 
 THE FACILITY 
  

	2.	THE FACILITY 

  

	2.1	The Facility 

 Subject to
the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a multicurrency revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments. 
  

	2.2	Increase 

  

	 	(a)	The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling five Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

  

	 	(i)	the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with paragraph (f) of Clause 7.5 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation
to a single Lender); or 

  

	 	(ii)	the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 7.1 (Illegality), 

 request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments under that Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available
Commitments or Commitments so cancelled as follows: 
  

	 	(iii)	the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an “Increase
Lender”) selected by the Company (each of which shall not be a member of the Group and which is further acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably)) and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of
a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender; 

  

	 	(iv)	each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase
Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender; 

  

	 	(v)	each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one
another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender; 

 

	 	(vi)	the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and 

 

	 	(vii)	any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions
set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied. 

  

	 	(b)	An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on: 

  
 17 

	 	(i)	the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and 

 

	 	(ii)	in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase, the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your
customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Company and the
Increase Lender. 

  

	 	(c)	Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment
or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective. 

 

	 	(d)	Unless the Agent otherwise agrees, the Company shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of EUR 2,500 and
the Company shall promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by either of them in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.2. 

 

	 	(e)	The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase Lender in a Fee Letter.

  

	 	(f)	Clause 23.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 (Increase) in relation to an
Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to: 

  

	 	(i)	an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase; 

 

	 	(ii)	the “New Lender” were references to that “Increase Lender”; and 

 

	 	(iii)	a “re-transfer” is a reference to a “transfer”. 

 

	2.3	Finance Parties’ rights and obligations 

  

	 	(a)	The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does
not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	(b)	The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents
to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt. 

  

	 	(c)	A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents. 

  
 18 

	2.4	Obligors’ agent 

  

	 	(a)	Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Letter irrevocably appoints the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in
relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises: 

  

	 	(i)	the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions
(including, in the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Letter, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any
Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and 

  

	 	(ii)	each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company, 

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without
limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication. 

 

	 	(b)	Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Company or given
to the Company under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance
Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Company and any other Obligor, those of
the Company shall prevail. 

  

	3.	PURPOSE 

  

	3.1	Purpose 

 Each Borrower
shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility towards: 
  

	 	(a)	refinancing of all Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group under the Existing Facility Agreement; 

 

	 	(b)	payment of all fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration and other Taxes incurred by the Company or any other member of the Group in connection with the refinancing
of all Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group under the Existing Facility Agreement; and 

  

	 	(c)	the working capital needs, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes of the Group. 

 

	3.2	Monitoring 

 No Finance
Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement. 

  
 19 

	4.	CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION 

  

	4.1	Initial conditions precedent 

 No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied. 
  

	4.2	Further conditions precedent 

 The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date: 

 

	 	(a)	in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or
would result from the proposed Loan; and 

  

	 	(b)	the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects. 

 

	4.3	Maximum number of Loans 

A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation 11 or more Loans would be outstanding.

  

	4.4	Waiver 

 The conditions
precedent specified in Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) and Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) are solely for the benefit of the Lenders and may be waived on their behalf, in whole or in part and with or without
conditions by the Agent, without prejudice to the rights of the Agent or the Lenders to require fulfilment of such conditions in whole in respect of any other Utilisation. 

  
 20 

 SECTION 3 
 UTILISATION 
  

	5.	UTILISATION 

  

	5.1	Delivery of a Utilisation Request 

 A Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time. 

 

	5.2	Completion of a Utilisation Request 

  

	 	(a)	Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless: 

 

	 	(i)	the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period; 

 

	 	(ii)	the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and 

 

	 	(iii)	the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods). 

 

	 	(b)	Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request. 

  

	5.3	Currency and amount 

  

	 	(a)	The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be euro or US dollars. 

 

	 	(b)	The amount of the proposed Loan must be: 

  

	 	(i)	if the currency selected is euro, a minimum of EUR 5,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility; or 

 

	 	(ii)	if the currency selected is US dollars, at least the amount the Base Currency Amount of which is EUR 5,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility.

  

	5.4	Lenders’ participation 

  

	 	(a)	If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility
Office. 

  

	 	(b)	The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately
prior to making the Loan. 

  

	 	(c)	The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in US dollars and shall notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base
Currency Amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan, in each case by the Specified Time. 

  
 21 

	5.5	Cancellation of Commitment 

The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period. 

  
 22 

 SECTION 4 
 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 
  

	6.	REPAYMENT 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period. 

 

	 	(b)	Without prejudice to each Borrower’s obligation under paragraph (a) above, if one or more Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:

  

	 	(i)	on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower; 

 

	 	(ii)	in the same currency as the maturing Loan; and 

  

	 	(iii)	in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loan; 

 the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Loan so that: 
  

	 	(A)	if the amount of the maturing Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Loans: 

 

	 	(1)	the relevant Borrower will only be required to pay an amount in cash in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and 

 

	 	(2)	each Lender’s participation (if any) in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that
Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash; and 

 

	 	(B)	if the amount of the maturing Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Loans: 

 

	 	(1)	the relevant Borrower will not be required to make any payment in cash; and 

 

	 	(2)	each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Loans exceeds
that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that
Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan. 

  

	 	(c)	At any time when a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Loans then outstanding will be
automatically extended to the Termination Date and will be treated as separate Loans (the “Separate Loans”) denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding. 

  
 23 

	 	(d)	A Borrower to whom a Separate Loan is outstanding may prepay that Loan by giving ten Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent. The Agent will forward a copy of a
prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (d) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt. 

  

	 	(e)	Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Interest Periods selected by the Borrower by the time and date specified by the Agent (acting
reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the Defaulting Lender on the last day of each Interest Period of that Loan. 

  

	 	(f)	The terms of this Agreement relating to Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (b) to
(e) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan. 

  

	7.	PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 

  

	7.1	Illegality 

 If it becomes
unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan: 

 

	 	(a)	that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; 

 

	 	(b)	upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and 

 

	 	(c)	each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the
Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law). 

 

	7.2	Change of control 

  

	 	(a)	If any person or group of persons acting in concert gains control of the Company: 

 

	 	(i)	the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; 

 

	 	(ii)	a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation (except for a Rollover Loan); 

 

	 	(iii)	a Lender may notify the Company (with a copy to the Agent) that it wishes to discuss and consult with the Company in respect of that change of control; and

  

	 	(iv)	if a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent, then, after not less than 15 Business Days but not more than 30 Business Days following the notification made to the
Company in accordance with paragraph (a)(iii) above, the Agent shall, by not less than five days notice to the Company, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued
interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable.

  
 24 

	 	(b)	For the purpose of paragraph (a) above: 

  

	 	(i)	“acting in concert” means a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through
the acquisition of shares in the Company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Company; and 

  

	 	(ii)	“control” in respect of a person shall be construed so as to mean either: 

 

	 	(A)	the direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the share capital or similar rights of ownership of that person; or 

 

	 	(B)	the de facto or de iure power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a decisive influence on the designation of a majority of the directors or managers of
that person or on the direction of the management and policies of that person. 

  

	7.3	Voluntary cancellation 

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree)
prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of EUR 10,000,000) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.3 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably. 

 

	7.4	Voluntary Prepayment of Loans 

 The Borrower to which a Loan has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or
any part of a Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of EUR 10,000,000). 
  

	7.5	Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender 

 

	 	(a)	If: 

  

	 	(i)	any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or 

 

	 	(ii)	any Lender claims indemnification from the Company under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs), 

the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent
notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans or give the Agent notice of its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph
(d) below. 
  

	 	(b)	On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

  

	 	(c)	On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified
by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan. 

  

	 	(d)	 The Company may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on five Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent and that Lender,
replace that Lender by 

  
 25 

	 	 
requiring that Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Company which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in
accordance with Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans
and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.8 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

  

	 	(e)	The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions: 

 

	 	(i)	the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent; 

  

	 	(ii)	neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender; and 

 

	 	(iii)	in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance
Documents. 

 (f) 
  

	 	(i)	If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent five Business Days’
notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender. 

  

	 	(ii)	On the notice referred to in paragraph (i) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

  

	 	(iii)	The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (i) above, notify all the Lenders. 

 

	7.6	Restrictions 

  

	 	(a)	Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall
specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment. 

  

	 	(b)	Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

  

	 	(c)	Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facility which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement. 

  

	 	(d)	The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly
provided for in this Agreement. 

  
 26 

	 	(e)	Subject to Clause 2.2 (Increase), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated. 

 

	 	(f)	If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

  

	 	(g)	If all or part of a Loan is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)), an
amount of the Commitments (equal to the Base Currency Amount of the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. Any cancellation under this paragraph (g) shall reduce the
Commitments of the Lenders rateably. 

  
 27 

 SECTION 5 
 COSTS OF UTILISATIONS 
  

	8.	INTEREST 

  

	8.1	Calculation of interest 

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

  

	 	(a)	Margin; 

  

	 	(b)	EURIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in US dollars, LIBOR; and 

  

	 	(c)	Mandatory Cost, if any. 

  

	8.2	Payment of interest 

 The
Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six-monthly intervals after the first day of the
Interest Period). 
  

	8.3	Default interest 

  

	 	(a)	If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the
date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is one per cent. higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment,
constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand
by the Agent. 

  

	 	(b)	If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

  

	 	(i)	the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

  

	 	(ii)	the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the
overdue amount had not become due. 

  

	 	(c)	Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue
amount but will remain immediately due and payable. 

  

	8.4	Notification of rates of interest 

 The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement. 

  
 28 

	9.	INTEREST PERIODS 

  

	9.1	Selection of Interest Periods 

  

	 	(a)	A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan. 

 

	 	(b)	Subject to this Clause 9, a Borrower (or the Company) may select an Interest Period of one, two, three, six or twelve Months or any other period agreed between the
Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders). 

  

	 	(c)	An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date. 

 

	 	(d)	Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date. 

  

	 	(e)	A Loan has one Interest Period only. 

  

	9.2	Non-Business Days 

 If an
Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). 

 

	10.	CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST 

  

	10.1	Absence of quotations 

Subject to Clause 10.2 (Market disruption), if EURIBOR or, if applicable, LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference
Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable EURIBOR or LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks. 

 

	10.2	Market disruption 

  

	 	(a)	If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest
Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of: 

  

	 	(i)	the Margin; 

  

	 	(ii)	the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that
which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and 

 

	 	(iii)	the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan. 

 

	 	(b)	In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means: 

  

	 	(i)	at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to
the Agent to determine EURIBOR or, if applicable, LIBOR for the relevant currency and Interest Period; or 

  
 29 

	 	(ii)	before close of business in Brussels on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders that the cost to
it of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of EURIBOR or, if applicable, LIBOR. 

  

	10.3	Alternative basis of interest or funding 

  

	 	(a)	If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than
thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. 

  

	 	(b)	Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

  

	10.4	Break Costs 

  

	 	(a)	Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or
Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum. 

  

	 	(b)	Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period
in which they accrue. 

  

	11.	FEES 

  

	11.1	Commitment fee 

  

	 	(a)	The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the annual rate of 40 per cent. of the Applicable Margin
on that Lender’s Available Commitment for the Availability Period, whereby “Applicable Margin” means the Margin then applicable to Loans in euro. 

 

	 	(b)	The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the
Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective. 

 

	11.2	Utilisation fee 

  

	 	(a)	The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a utilisation fee in the Base Currency computed on a daily basis at the rate of:

  

	 	(i)	0.15 per cent. per annum on the aggregate amount of all outstanding Loans from time to time, if that aggregate amount exceeds 33.33 per cent. of the Total
Commitments; and 

  

	 	(ii)	0.30 per cent. per annum on the aggregate amount of all outstanding Loans from time to time, if that aggregate amount exceeds 66.66 per cent. of the Total
Commitments. 

  

	 	(b)	 The accrued utilisation fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months ending between the date of this Agreement and the
Termination Date, 

  
 30 

	 	 
on the Termination Date and, if earlier, on the date when the Total Commitments will have been reduced to zero. 

 

	11.3	Arrangement and participation fee 

 The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Arrangers and of such Lenders as the Arrangers may approve) an arrangement and participation fee in the amounts and at the times agreed in a Fee
Letter. 
  

	11.4	Agency fee 

 The Company
shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. 

  
 31 

 SECTION 6 
 ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS 
  

	12.	TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES 

  

	12.1	Definitions 

  

	 	(a)	In this Agreement: 

“Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment,
for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document. 
 “Qualifying Lender” means a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document, and: 

 

	 	(i)	in respect of a payment made by a Belgian Obligor, a Lender which is: 

  

	 	(A)	a credit institution (as referred to in Article 105, 1° a) of the Belgian Royal Decree implementing the Belgian Income Tax Code 1992) that is resident in Belgium
for Belgian tax purposes; 

  

	 	(B)	a credit institution (as referred to in Article 107, §2, 5, a), second dash of the Royal Decree implementing the Belgian Income Tax Code) that is acting through a
permanent establishment which itself qualifies as a credit institution as referred to in the aforementioned Article 107, §2, 5, a) second dash and with which the Loan is effectively connected in: 

 

	 	(1)	Belgium or another member state of the European Economic Area; or 

  

	 	(2)	a jurisdiction which has concluded a double taxation agreement with Belgium in force on the date of payment; or 

 

	 	(C)	resident (as defined in the appropriate double taxation agreement) in a country with which Belgium has a double taxation agreement giving residents of that country
exemption from Belgian withholding tax on interest, that does not carry on a business in Belgium through a permanent establishment with which the payment is effectively connected and that fulfils any conditions which must be fulfilled under the
appropriate double taxation agreement for residents of that country to obtain exemption from Belgian taxation on interest (subject to the completion of any necessary procedural formalities); and 

 

	 	(ii)	in respect of a payment made by a US Obligor, a Lender which is: 

  

	 	(A)	 a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the US Tax Code, provided that that Lender has timely
delivered to the Agent for transmission to the Borrower making such payment two original copies of IRS Form W-9 (or any successor form) either 

  
 32 

	 	 
directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) certifying its status as a “United States person”; or 

 

	 	(B)	a Lender that is entitled to benefits under a double taxation treaty with respect to the United States, provided that that Lender has timely delivered to the
Agent for transmission to the Borrower making such payment two original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) either directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) certifying its entitlement to receive such payments
without any such deduction or withholding under such double taxation treaty; or 	 

  

	 	(C)	entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any US federal income Taxes either as a result of such payments being effectively
connected with the conduct by such Lender of a trade or business within the United States or under the portfolio interest exemption, provided that that Lender has timely delivered to the Agent for transmission to the Borrower making such
payment two original copies of either: 

  

	 	(1)	IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor form) either directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) certifying that the payments made pursuant to this
Agreement are effectively connected with the conduct by that Lender of a trade or business within the United States; 

  

	 	(2)	IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) either directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) claiming exemption from withholding in respect of
payments made pursuant to this Agreement under the portfolio interest exemption and a statement certifying that such Lender is not a person described in Section 871(h)(3)(B) or Section 881(c)(3) of the US Tax Code with respect to the
Borrower and is not a “bank” for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the US Tax Code; or 

  

	 	(3)	such other applicable form prescribed by the IRS certifying as to such Lender’s entitlement to exemption from US withholding tax with respect to all payments to be
made to that Lender under this Agreement. 

 “Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or
remission for, or repayment of any Tax. 
 “Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account
of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document. 
 “Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by
an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity). 
  

	 	(b)	Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the
absolute discretion of the person making the determination. 

  
 33 

	12.2	Tax gross-up 

  

	 	(a)	Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law. 

 

	 	(b)	The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction)
notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

  

	 	(c)	If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any
Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required. 

  

	 	(d)	A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the jurisdiction in which the Obligor’s
tax residence is located, if on the date on which the payment falls due: 

  

	 	(i)	the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has
ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or double taxation agreement or any published
practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or 

  

	 	(ii)	the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its
obligations under paragraph (g) below. 

  

	 	(e)	If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the
time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law. 

  

	 	(f)	Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver
to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

  

	 	(g)	A Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to
obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction. 

  

	12.3	Tax indemnity 

  

	 	(a)	The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party
determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document. 

  

	 	(b)	Paragraph (a) above shall not apply: 

  

	 	(i)	with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party: 

  
 34 

	 	(A)	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is
treated as resident for tax purposes; or 

  

	 	(B)	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum
deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or 
  

	 	(ii)	to the extent a loss, liability or cost: 

  

	 	(A)	is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or 

 

	 	(B)	would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in
paragraph (d) of Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) applied. 

  

	 	(c)	A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise
to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company. 

  

	 	(d)	A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3, notify the Agent. 

 

	12.4	Tax Credit 

  

	 	(a)	If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that: 

 

	 	(i)	a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and 

 

	 	(ii)	that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit, 

 the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not
been required to be made by the Obligor. 
  

	 	(b)	If any Finance Party makes any payment to an Obligor pursuant to paragraph (a) above and such Finance Party subsequently determines that the Tax Credit in respect
of which such payment was made was not available or has been withdrawn or that it was unable to use such Tax Credit in full, that Obligor shall reimburse that Finance Party such amount (being an amount no greater than the amount paid by that Finance
Party to that Obligor pursuant to paragraph (a) above) as that Finance Party determines is necessary to place it in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in if such Tax Credit had been obtained and fully used and retained by such
Finance Party. 

  

	 	(c)	No provision of this Agreement shall oblige any Finance Party to claim any Tax Credit in respect of any payment under this Clause 12 in priority to any other credit,
relief, remission or repayment available to it. 

  
 35 

	12.5	Lender status confirmation 

  

	 	(a)	Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation which it
executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, whether or not it is a Qualifying Lender. 

  

	 	(b)	If a New Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 12.5 then such New Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by
each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company). For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate or
Increase Confirmation shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 12.5. 

  

	12.6	Stamp taxes 

 The Company
shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance
Document. 
  

	12.7	VAT 

  

	 	(a)	All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a
supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance
Party to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall
promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party). 

  

	 	(b)	If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party (the “Recipient”)
under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Subject Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being
required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay
to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT. 

 

	 	(c)	Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may
be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT
from the relevant tax authority. 

  

	 	(d)	Any reference in this Clause 12.7 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and
unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time. 

  
 36 

	13.	INCREASED COSTS 

  

	13.1	Increased costs 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions) the Company shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of
any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with
any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement. 

  

	 	(b)	In this Agreement “Increased Costs” means: 

  

	 	(i)	a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital; 

 

	 	(ii)	an additional or increased cost; or 

  

	 	(iii)	a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, 

 which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its
obligations under any Finance Document. 
  

	13.2	Increased cost claims 

  

	 	(a)	A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which
the Agent shall promptly notify the Company. 

  

	 	(b)	Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

  

	13.3	Exceptions 

  

	 	(a)	Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: 

 

	 	(i)	attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor; 

  

	 	(ii)	compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely
because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) applied); 

  

	 	(iii)	compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; 

  

	 	(iv)	attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or 

 

	 	(v)	attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised
Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such
implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates) provided that this exception shall not apply to any Increased Cost arising from the Basel Committee on 

  
 37 

	 	 
Banking Supervision’s proposed new capital and liquidity measures commonly labelled “Basel III” (“Basel III”) or any law or regulation which implements Basel III,
irrespective of whether Basel III is introduced by way of a separate framework, by way of one or more amendments to Basel II or by way of incorporation into Basel II). 

 

	 	(b)	In this Clause 13.3, a reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).

  

	14.	OTHER INDEMNITIES 

  

	14.1	Currency indemnity 

  

	 	(a)	If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be
converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of: 

 

	 	(i)	making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; 

  

	 	(ii)	obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is
due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate
or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum. 
  

	 	(b)	Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it
is expressed to be payable. 

  

	14.2	Other indemnities 

 The
Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party and its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and representatives against any cost, loss or liability
incurred by any of them as a result of: 
  

	 	(a)	the occurrence of any Event of Default; 

  

	 	(b)	a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of
Clause 27 (Sharing among the Finance Parties); 

  

	 	(c)	funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one
or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or 

  

	 	(d)	a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company. 

  
 38 

	14.3	Indemnity to the Agent 

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will) promptly indemnify the Agent and its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees,
agents, advisors and representatives against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them as a result of: 
  

	 	(a)	investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; 

  

	 	(b)	acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or 

 

	 	(c)	any default by any Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents. 

 

	15.	MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS 

  

	15.1	Mitigation 

  

	 	(a)	Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount
becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax gross up and indemnities), Clause 13 (Increased costs) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formulae)
including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office. 

  

	 	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents. 

 

	15.2	Limitation of liability 

  

	 	(a)	The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under
Clause 15.1 (Mitigation). 

  

	 	(b)	A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be
prejudicial to it. 

  

	16.	COSTS AND EXPENSES 

  

	16.1	Transaction expenses 

 The
Company shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will) promptly on demand pay the Agent and the Arranger the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees in an amount agreed between the Agent and the Borrower) reasonably incurred by
any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of: 
  

	 	(a)	this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(b)	any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement. 

  

	16.2	Amendment costs 

 If
(a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 28.10 (Change of currency), the Company shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will), within five Business Days of
demand, reimburse the Agent for the 

  
 39 

 
amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement. 

 

	16.3	Enforcement costs 

 The
Company shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will), within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement
of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document. 

  
 40 

 SECTION 7 
 GUARANTEE 
  

	17.	GUARANTEE 

  

	17.1	Guarantee 

 Each Guarantor
irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally: 
  

	 	(a)	guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower’s obligations under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(b)	undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall
immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and 

  

	 	(c)	agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary
obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by
it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the
basis of a guarantee. 

  

	17.2	Nature of guarantee 

  

	 	(a)	The obligations of each Guarantor under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee) constitute, and shall be construed so as to constitute, an independent guarantee on first demand
(abstracte garantie op eerste verzoek/garantie indépendante à première demande) and not a surety (borgtocht/caution). To the extent required, the Guarantor hereby waives the application of Articles 2011 through
2039 of the Belgian Civil Code. 

  

	 	(b)	This guarantee is an unconditional, irrevocable and continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance
Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part. 

  

	 	(c)	Notwithstanding Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders), this guarantee has no intuitu personae character. 

 

	17.3	Reinstatement 

 If any
discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition
which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement
had not occurred. 
  

	17.4	Waiver of defences 

 The
obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17.4, would reduce, release or prejudice 

  
 41 

 
any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including: 

 

	 	(a)	any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person; 

 

	 	(b)	the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

  

	 	(c)	the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or Security over assets
of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; 

 

	 	(d)	any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

  

	 	(e)	any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other
document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security; 

 

	 	(f)	any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

  

	 	(g)	any insolvency or similar proceedings. 

  

	17.5	Guarantors’ intent 

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 17.4 (Waiver of defences), each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that
this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the
purposes of or in connection with any of the following: acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other
indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of
the foregoing. 
  

	17.6	Immediate recourse 

 Each
Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or Security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under
this Clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary. 
  

	17.7	Appropriations 

 Until all
amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may: 

  
 42 

	 	(a)	refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, Security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of
those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and 

 

	 	(b)	hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 17.

  

	17.8	Deferral of Guarantors’ rights 

 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor
will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17: 

 

	 	(a)	to be indemnified by an Obligor; 

  

	 	(b)	to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(c)	to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any
other guarantee or Security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party; 

  

	 	(d)	to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a
guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee); 

  

	 	(e)	to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or 

  

	 	(f)	to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party. 

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or
distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full for the account of the Finance Parties and shall
promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment mechanics). 
  

	17.9	Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution 

 If any Guarantor (a “Retiring Guarantor”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

  

	 	(a)	that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution
to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(b)	 each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in
whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties 

  
 43 

	 	 
under any Finance Document or of any Security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or any such Security are granted by or in relation to the assets of
the Retiring Guarantor. 

  

	17.10	Additional security 

 This
guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or Security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party. 
  

	17.11	Belgian guarantee limitations 

 The total liability of each Guarantor that is a Belgian Obligor (other than the Company) under this Clause 17, shall at times be limited to an aggregate amount not exceeding the higher of: 

 

	 	(a)	the aggregate of: 

  

	 	(i)	any amounts borrowed (or otherwise owed) by it or its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, if any, to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents; and

  

	 	(ii)	the aggregate of all loans, advances or facilities made to that Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries by any other member of the Group directly and/or indirectly using
all or part of the proceeds under this Agreement (whether or not such loan, advance or facility is retained by that Guarantor or the relevant Subsidiary for its own purposes or on-lent) at the time the relevant demand is made (without any reduction
for any repayment thereof); and 

  

	 	(b)	the higher of: 

  

	 	(i)	the aggregate of: 

  

	 	(A)	ninety per cent. of that Guarantor’s net assets (netto-actief/actif net) as referred to in the Belgian Companies Code, as shown by its most recent audited
annual financial statements at the date of this Agreement; 

  

	 	(B)	all depreciations and amortisations booked in respect of the that Guarantor’s assets which, had they not been so booked, would have caused that Guarantor’s
net assets referred to in paragraph (A) above to be higher; and 

  

	 	(C)	an amount equal to any subordinated debt owes at the date of this Agreement; and 

 

	 	(ii)	the aggregate of: 

  

	 	(A)	ninety per cent. of that Guarantor’s net assets (netto-actief/actif net) as referred to in the Belgian Companies Code, as shown by its most recent audited
annual financial statements at the time the relevant demand is made; 

  

	 	(B)	all depreciations and amortisations booked in respect of the that Guarantor’s assets which, had they not been so booked, would have caused that Guarantor’s
net assets referred to in paragraph (A) above to be higher; and 

  

	 	(C)	an amount equal to any subordinated debt it may owe at the time a demand for payment under this Clause 17 is made. 

  
 44 

	17.12	United States guarantee limitations 

 Each US Obligor and each Finance Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of the guarantee under this Clause 17) hereby confirms that it is its intention that the guarantee under this Clause 17 by each US
Obligor shall not constitute a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance for purposes of any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or
foreign law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each US Obligor and each Finance Party (by its acceptance of the benefits of the guarantee under this Clause 17) hereby irrevocably agrees that the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations for
which such US Obligor shall be liable under such guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of such US Obligor that are relevant under such
laws, and after giving effect to any rights to contribution, whether pursuant to any agreement providing for contribution among such US Obligor and the other Obligors or otherwise, result in such obligations of such US Obligor not constituting a
fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance subject to avoidance under such laws. 

  
 45 

 SECTION 8 
 REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT 
  

	18.	REPRESENTATIONS 

 Each
Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement. 
  

	18.1	Status 

  

	 	(a)	It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation. 

 

	 	(b)	It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted. 

 

	 	(c)	In the case of a Belgian Obligor, it has not filed a settlement agreement (minnelijk akkoord/accord amiable) with two or more of its creditors pursuant to the
Belgian Act of 31 January 2009 on the continuity of enterprises. 

  

	 	(d)	It is capable of being sued in its own right and is not subject to immunity from any proceedings. 

 

	18.2	Binding obligations 

 The
obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of
Utilisation) or Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations. 
  

	18.3	Non-conflict with other obligations 

 The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with: 

 

	 	(a)	any law or regulation applicable to it; 

  

	 	(b)	its constitutional documents; or 

  

	 	(c)	any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets, where that conflict has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

  

	18.4	Power and authority 

 It
has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

  

	18.5	Validity and admissibility in evidence 

 All Authorisations required: 
  

	 	(a)	to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and 

  
 46 

	 	(b)	to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation, 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect. 

 

	18.6	Governing law and enforcement 

  

	 	(a)	The choice of Belgian law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation. 

 

	 	(b)	Any judgment obtained in Belgium in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation. 

 

	18.7	Deduction of Tax 

 It is
not required under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation (or, if different, the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes) to make any deduction for or on account of Tax in respect of any payment due by it under any Finance
Document to a Qualifying Lender which is: 
  

	 	(a)	in respect of a Belgian Obligor, referred to in paragraph (i) of the definition of “Qualifying Lender”; and 

 

	 	(b)	in respect of a US Obligor, referred to in paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Qualifying Lender”, 

in each case subject to the relevant Qualifying Lender executing such documents and complying with such formalities as are necessary in
order for such payment to be lawfully made without a Tax Deduction. 
  

	18.8	No filing or stamp taxes 

Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any
court or other authority in that jurisdiction, other than filings necessary in connection with the exercise of remedies under this Agreement, or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the
transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents (other than a documentary duty or EUR 0.15 per original of this Agreement executed (opgemaakt/dressé) in Belgium). 

 

	18.9	No default 

  

	 	(a)	No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation. 

 

	 	(b)	No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or
to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	18.10	No misleading information 

  

	 	(a)	Any factual information provided by any member of the Group in writing for the purposes of the Information Memorandum was true and accurate in all material respects as
at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated. 

  
 47 

	 	(b)	The financial projections contained in the Information Memorandum have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable
assumptions. 

  

	 	(c)	Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Information Memorandum and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information contained in the
Information Memorandum being untrue or misleading in any material respect. 

  

	18.11	Financial statements 

  

	 	(a)	The Company’s Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied. 

 

	 	(b)	The Company’s Original Financial Statements fairly represent the Group’s consolidated financial condition and operations during the relevant financial year.

  

	 	(c)	There has been no material adverse change in the Group’s business or financial condition since the date of the Company’s Original Financial Statements.

  

	18.12	Pari passu ranking 

 Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by
law applying to companies generally. 
  

	18.13	No proceedings pending or threatened 

 No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have
been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against it. 
  

	18.14	US Investment Company Act 

None of the Obligors nor any of their Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an
“investment company”, as defined in, or required to be registered under, the US Investment Company Act. 
  

	18.15	ERISA Events 

  

	 	(a)	No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to
occur, would have or be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	 	(b)	Each ERISA Entity is in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the US Tax Code with respect to each US Pension Plan.

  

	 	(c)	The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded US Pension Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded US Pension Plans by an amount that has or could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	 	(d)	 Using actuarial assumptions and computation methods consistent with part 1 of subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA, the aggregate liabilities of each ERISA
Entity to all 

  
 48 

	 	 
US Multiemployer Plans in the event of a complete withdrawal by each ERISA Entity therefrom, as of the close of the most recent fiscal year of each such US Multiemployer Plan, would not have or
be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	18.16	Anti-Terrorism Law 

  

	 	(a)	None of the Obligors nor any of their Subsidiaries is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, or engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that attempts to
violate, or otherwise evades or avoids (or has the purpose of evading or avoiding) any prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law. 

  

	 	(b)	None of the Obligors nor any of their Subsidiaries: 

  

	 	(i)	is a Blocked Person; 

  

	 	(ii)	conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person;

  

	 	(iii)	has any of its assets held by a Blocked Person; 

  

	 	(iv)	deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any assets blocked pursuant to the US Executive Order; or 

 

	 	(v)	derives any of its operating income from investments in or transactions with a Blocked Person. 

 

	18.17	Federal Reserve Regulations 

 None of the Obligors nor any of their Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock (as
such term is defined in Regulation U issued by the US Federal Reserve Board). 
  

	18.18	Sanctions 

  

	 	(a)	No member of the Group nor any director, officer, employee, agent or representative of any member of the Group is an person currently the subject of any sanctions
administered or enforced by OFAC, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is any member of the Group located,
organised or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions. 

  

	 	(b)	Each Obligor is in compliance with Council Regulation (EU) No 961/2010 of 25 October 2010 on restrictive measures against Iran and repealing Regulation (EC) No
423/2007. 

  

	18.19	Repetition 

 The Repeating
Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on: 
  

	 	(a)	the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and 

 

	 	(b)	in the case of an Additional Obligor, the day on which the company becomes (or it is proposed that the company becomes) an Additional Obligor. 

  
 49 

	19.	INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS 

The undertakings in this Clause 19 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the
Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 
  

	19.1	Financial statements 

 The
Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders: 
  

	 	(a)	as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 105 days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements for
that financial year; and 

  

	 	(b)	as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of its financial half years, its consolidated financial statements for that
financial half year. 

  

	19.2	Compliance Certificate 

  

	 	(a)	The Company shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial
statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 (Financial covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up. 

 

	 	(b)	Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by a senior financial officer of the Company and, if required to be delivered with the financial statements delivered
pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements). 

  

	19.3	Requirements as to financial statements 

  

	 	(a)	Each set of financial statements delivered by the Company pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) shall be certified by a senior financial officer of the
Company as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up. 

  

	 	(b)	The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using IFRS, accounting
practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of its Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Agent that there has been a change in IFRS, the
accounting practices or reference periods and it delivers to the Agent: 

  

	 	(i)	a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the IFRS, accounting practices and reference periods upon which its Original Financial
Statements were prepared; and 

  

	 	(ii)	sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 20 (Financial
covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Company’s Original Financial Statements. 

If so requested by the Agent, the Company shall request its auditors to deliver the information referred to in paragraphs (i) and
(ii) above to the Agent. 

  
 50 

 Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a
reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared. 
  

	19.4	Group companies 

  

	 	(a)	Without prejudice to the continuous applicability of Clause 21.12 (Guarantors), the Company shall review its compliance with Clause 21.12 (Guarantors) by
reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) and each Compliance Certificate delivered in relation thereto. 

 

	 	(b)	If so requested by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent together with a Compliance Certificate: 

 

	 	(i)	a report signed by a senior financial officer of the Company confirming that the Guarantor Cover Requirement has been complied with; and 

 

	 	(ii)	a schedule detailing on an individual basis the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA (as
defined in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions)) of each Guarantor and the gross assets of each Guarantor (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of
the Group). 

  

	19.5	Information: miscellaneous 

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests): 

 

	 	(a)	all documents dispatched by the Company to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched, unless disclosure
of the relevant documents is prohibited by law or by contract; 

  

	 	(b)	promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any
Obligor, and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and 

  

	 	(c)	promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may
reasonably request. 

  

	19.6	Credit Rating 

 Promptly
upon any change in the Company’s Credit Rating, the Company shall notify the Agent of that change and the new Credit Rating. 
  

	19.7	Notification of default 

  

	 	(a)	Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor
is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor). 

  

	 	(b)	 Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its
behalf certifying that 

  
 51 

	 	 
no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it). 

 

	19.8	Use of websites 

  

	 	(a)	The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders ( the “Website Lenders”) who accept
this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “Designated Website”) if: 

 

	 	(i)	the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method; 

 

	 	(ii)	both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and 

 

	 	(iii)	the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent. 

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall
notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Company shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any
information required to be provided by it. 
  

	 	(b)	The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website
by the Company and the Agent. 

  

	 	(c)	The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if: 

 

	 	(i)	the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure; 

  

	 	(ii)	the password specifications for the Designated Website change; 

  

	 	(iii)	any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website; 

 

	 	(iv)	any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or 

 

	 	(v)	the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar
software. 

 If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information
to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer
continuing. 
  

	 	(d)	Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated
Website. The Company shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days. 

  
 52 

	19.9	“Know your customer” checks 

  

	 	(a)	If: 

  

	 	(i)	the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

  

	 	(ii)	any change in the status of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or 

 

	 	(iii)	a proposed transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such transfer,

 obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to
comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or
procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of
any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your
customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 
  

	 	(b)	Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent
(for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the
Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(c)	The Company shall, by not less than ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its
intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors). 

  

	 	(d)	Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with
“know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply
of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective
new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an
Additional Obligor. 

  

	19.10	USA Patriot Act notice 

Each Lender hereby notifies the Obligors that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and
record information that identifies each Obligor, which information includes the name and address of such Obligor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Obligor in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. 

  
 53 

	20.	FINANCIAL COVENANTS 

  

	20.1	Financial definitions 

 In
this Agreement: 
 “Consolidated Borrowings” means, at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal, capital or
nominal amount of any indebtedness of members of the Group for or in respect of: 
  

	 	(a)	moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions; 

 

	 	(b)	any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility, bill discount facility or dematerialised equivalent; 

 

	 	(c)	any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument; 

 

	 	(d)	the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

  

	 	(e)	receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis and meet any requirement for de-recognition under IFRS);

  

	 	(f)	any indebtedness arising from any deferred payment agreements arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of an asset or service or
the construction of that asset or service; 

  

	 	(g)	any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing and which is treated as a
debt under IFRS; 

  

	 	(h)	any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any
derivative transaction, only the marked to market value computed on an aggregate net basis shall be taken into account); 

  

	 	(i)	shares which are expressed to be redeemable and which are classified as borrowings under IFRS; 

 

	 	(j)	any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or
financial institution to the extent that such counter-indemnity obligation is treated as debt under IFRS; and 

  

	 	(k)	(without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (j) above
to the extent that such liability is treated as debt under IFRS. 

 “Consolidated EBIT” means, in
relation to any Relevant Period, the aggregate of: 
  

	 	(a)	the consolidated operating profits of the Group (including the results from discontinued operations) before finance costs and tax for that Relevant Period; and

  

	 	(b)	plus or minus the Group’s share of the profits or losses of associates and any joint ventures for that period (after finance costs and tax), as accounted for under
the equity method under IFRS, 

  
 54 

 adjusted by taking no account of any material items which represent gains or losses arising
on: 
  

	 	(i)	restructuring of the activities of an entity and reversals of any provisions for the costs of restructuring; 

 

	 	(ii)	disposals of non-current assets; and 

  

	 	(iii)	the disposal of assets associated with discontinued operations. 

 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, in relation to a Relevant Period, Consolidated EBIT for that Relevant Period after adding back any depreciation and amortization and taking no account of any
charge for impairment or any reversal of any previous impairment charge made in the period. 
 “Consolidated Eligible
Cash and Cash Equivalents” means, at any time: 
  

	 	(a)	cash in hand; 

  

	 	(b)	cash at bank credited to an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank and to which a member of the Group is alone (or together with other
members of the Group) beneficially entitled and for so long as: 

  

	 	(i)	that cash is repayable on demand; 

  

	 	(ii)	repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any member of the Group or of any other person whatsoever or on the
satisfaction of any other condition; and 

  

	 	(iii)	the cash is freely and immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facility; 

 

	 	(c)	certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank; 

 

	 	(d)	any investment in marketable debt securities issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic
Area, any Participating Member State or by any instrumentality or agency of any of them having an S&P Credit Rating or a Fitch Rating of A- or higher or a Moody’s Credit Rating of A3 or higher and which: 

 

	 	(i)	matures within one year after the date of the relevant calculation; and 

  

	 	(ii)	is not convertible or exchangeable to any other security; 

  

	 	(e)	commercial paper not convertible to any other security: 

  

	 	(i)	for which a recognised trading market exists; 

  

	 	(ii)	issued in the United States, the United Kingdom, any member of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State; 

 

	 	(iii)	which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and 

  

	 	(iv)	 which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or
higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the 

  
 55 

	 	 
commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating; or 

 

	 	(f)	any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders. 

 “Consolidated Net Debt” means for any Relevant Period, in relation to the Group, Consolidated Borrowings less Consolidated Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents. 

“Consolidated Net Interest Expense” means, in relation to any Relevant Period: 

 

	 	(a)	the aggregate amount of interest expense of the Group in that Relevant Period in respect of Borrowings (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any market-to-market
fluctuations, any foreign currency losses or gains on debt instrument, any fair value gains or losses on derivative instruments, any amortisation of deferred loss on hedges, capitalised interest and any other items accounted for as other finance
costs); less  

  

	 	(b)	the aggregate amount of interest income by the Group in that Relevant Period in respect of cash and cash equivalents (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any losses
or gains on the disposal of securities, foreign currency losses or gains on financial assets, any fair value gains or losses on derivative instruments and any other items accounted for as other investing income). 

“Interest Cover” means the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Interest Expense in respect of any Relevant
Period. 
 “Leverage Ratio” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the ratio of Consolidated Net Debt on the
last day of that Relevant Period to Consolidated EBITDA in respect of that Relevant Period. 
 “Relevant Period”
means each period of 12 months ending on the last day of the Company’s financial year and financial half year. 
  

	20.2	Interpretation 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 19.3 (Requirements as to financial statements) and unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, an accounting term used in
this Clause 20 is to be construed in accordance with IFRS, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements. 

 

	 	(b)	No item must be credited or deducted more than once in any calculation under this Clause 20. 

 

	 	(c)	Any amount in a currency other than the Base Currency is to be taken into account as that amount converted into the Base Currency at the exchange rate usually applied
by the Company to convert amounts for the purposes of its financial statements. 

  

	20.3	Financial condition 

 The
Company shall ensure that: 
  

	 	(a)	the Leverage Ratio in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be greater than 3.00 : 1; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Interest Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall be at least 4.00 : 1. 

  
 56 

	20.4	Financial testing 

 The
financial covenants set out in Clause 20.3 (Financial condition) shall be calculated in accordance with IFRS and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 19.1
(Financial statements) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Compliance Certificate). 
  

	21.	GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS 

 The
undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

 

	21.1	Authorisations 

 Each
Obligor shall promptly: 
  

	 	(a)	obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and 

 

	 	(b)	supply certified copies to the Agent of, 

 any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity,
enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document. 
  

	21.2	Compliance with laws 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its
ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents. 
  

	21.3	Negative pledge 

 In this
Clause 21.3, “Quasi-Security” means an arrangement or transaction described in paragraph (b) below. 
  

	 	(a)	No Obligor shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets. 

 

	 	(b)	No Obligor shall: 

  

	 	(i)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

  

	 	(ii)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms; 

 

	 	(iii)	enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

  

	 	(iv)	enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, 

 in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset. 

  
 57 

	 	(c)	Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Security or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, listed below: 

 

	 	(i)	any Security or Quasi-Security listed in Schedule 9 (Existing Security) except to the extent the principal amount secured by that Security or Quasi-Security
exceeds the amount stated in that Schedule; 

  

	 	(ii)	any netting or set-off arrangement entered into, or Quasi-Security created, by an Obligor in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting
debit and credit balances (including, but not limited to, a cash pooling arrangement); 

  

	 	(iii)	any payment or close out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any hedging transaction entered into by an Obligor for the purpose of: 

 

	 	(A)	hedging any risk to which an Obligor is exposed in its ordinary course of business; or 

 

	 	(B)	its interest rate or currency management operations which are carried out in the ordinary course of business and for non-speculative purposes only;

  

	 	(iv)	any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business (including, but not limited to, any lien arising in the ordinary course of business and in
compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws and regulations); 

  

	 	(v)	any escrow arrangements relating to an acquisition or a sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal referred to in paragraph (b) of Clause 21.4
(Disposals) and made by an Obligor; 

  

	 	(vi)	any Security or Quasi-Security arising pursuant to court proceedings and assessments by authorities (including tax and environmental) that are not yet due or are being
contested in good faith with appropriate reserves; 

  

	 	(vii)	any easements, rights of way, restrictions, encroachments and similar encumbrances on real property; 

 

	 	(viii)	any Security or Quasi-Security granted by an Obligor in favour of another Obligor; 

 

	 	(ix)	any Security or Quasi-Security granted by an Obligor in respect of pension obligations of any member of the Group; 

 

	 	(x)	any Security or Quasi-Security in favour of tax or customs authorities in connection with the importation of goods; 

 

	 	(xi)	any Security or Quasi-Security over goods, inventory or documents of title where the shipment or storage price is financed by a documentary credit;

  

	 	(xii)	any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset acquired, constructed or improved by an Obligor after the date of this Agreement if:

  

	 	(A)	the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition, construction or improvement of that asset by an Obligor; 

  
 58 

	 	(B)	the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition, construction or improvement of that asset by an Obligor; and

  

	 	(C)	the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within six months of the date of acquisition, construction or improvement of such asset;

  

	 	(xiii)	any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes an Obligor after the date of this Agreement, where the Security or
Quasi-Security is created prior to the date on which that company becomes a member of the Group, if: 

  

	 	(A)	the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that company; 

 

	 	(B)	the principal amount secured has not increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that company; and 

 

	 	(C)	the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within six months of that company becoming an Obligor; 

 

	 	(xiv)	any Security or Quasi-Security resulting from operating leases being reclassified as capital leases in accordance with IFRS; 

 

	 	(xv)	any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of
goods supplied to an Obligor in the ordinary course of business and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any Obligor; and 

 

	 	(xvi)	any Security or Quasi-Security securing indebtedness the principal amount of which does not cause: 

 

	 	(A)	the Aggregate Encumbered Value to exceed ten per cent. of the consolidated gross assets of the Group as determined pursuant to the then most recently delivered audited
financial statements of the Company; and 

  

					
	(B)	    	(1)	  	in case the Aggregate Disposed Value is equal to or lower than 7.5 per cent. of the consolidated gross assets of the Group as determined pursuant to the then most recently
delivered audited financial statements of the Company, the aggregate of the Aggregate Disposed Value and the Aggregate Encumbered Value to exceed 15 per cent. of the consolidated gross assets of the Group as determined pursuant to the then most
recently delivered audited financial statements of the Company; or
			
		    	(2)	  	in case of Aggregate Disposed Value is higher than 7.5 per cent. but equal to or lower than 10 per cent. of the consolidated gross assets of the Group as determined
pursuant to the then most recently delivered audited financial statements of the Company, the Aggregate Encumbered Value to exceed 7.5. per cent. of the consolidated gross assets of the Group as determined pursuant to the then
most

  
 59 

					
		    		  	recently delivered audited financial statements of the Company.

  

	21.4	Disposals 

  

	 	(a)	No Obligor shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any asset. 

  

	 	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal which is on arm’s length terms and: 

 

	 	(i)	made in the ordinary course of business of the disposing entity; 

  

	 	(ii)	of obsolete or redundant assets; 

  

	 	(iii)	made by an Obligor to another Obligor; 

  

	 	(iv)	of assets to an Obligor as a result of a reorganisation of the disposing Obligor on a solvent basis; 

 

	 	(v)	made as a result of an amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction referred to in paragraph (b) of Clause 21.5 (Merger);

  

	 	(vi)	of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality; or 

 

	 	(vii)	which does not cause: 

  

	 	(A)	the Aggregate Disposed Value to exceed ten per cent. of the consolidated gross assets of the Group as determined pursuant to the then most recently delivered audited
financial statements of the Company; and 

  

	 	(B)	the aggregate of the Aggregate Disposed Value and the Aggregate Encumbered Value to exceed 15 per cent. of the consolidated gross assets of the Group as determined
pursuant to the then most recently delivered audited financial statements of the Company. 

  

	21.5	Merger 

  

	 	(a)	No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or corporate reconstruction. 

 

	 	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to: 

  

	 	(i)	any amalgamation, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction where the surviving entity is an Obligor; and 

 

	 	(ii)	any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction which does not result in the Guarantor Cover Requirement to be breached.

  

	21.6	Change of business 

 The
Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement. 

  
 60 

	21.7	Preservation of assets 

Each Obligor shall maintain in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets necessary or desirable
in the conduct of its business, save where failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	21.8	Pari passu ranking 

 Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its
other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies. 
  

	21.9	Pensions 

 The Company
shall ensure that all pension schemes operated by or maintained for the benefit of members of the Group and/or any of their employees are fully funded based on the minimum funding requirements of (i) any applicable law or regulation and
(ii) the rules of the pension schemes, where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	21.10	Insurance 

  

	 	(a)	Each Obligor shall maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the
same or substantially similar business. 

  

	 	(b)	All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters. 

 

	 	(c)	In respect of each policy of insurance required by this Clause 21.10, each Obligor shall duly and punctually pay all premiums if failure to do so would have a Material
Adverse Effect. 

  

	21.11	Financial Indebtedness 

  

	 	(a)	Solely in respect of members of the Group which are not Obligors, the Company shall procure that these members of the Group shall not incur or allow to remain
outstanding any Financial Indebtedness, except as permitted under paragraph (b) below. 

  

	 	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness 

  

	 	(i)	owed to another member of the Group; 

  

	 	(ii)	of any person acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement which is incurred under arrangements in existence at the date of acquisition, but not
incurred or increased or having its maturity date extended in contemplation of, or since, that acquisition, and outstanding only for a period of six months following the date of acquisition; 

 

	 	(iii)	arising in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, completion guarantees and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(iv)	arising under cash pooling arrangements of the Group entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 61 

	 	(v)	arising in connection with indemnities, adjustment of purchase price, conditional deferred consideration or similar conditional obligations incurred in connection with
an acquisition or a disposal; 

  

	 	(vi)	arising under a foreign exchange transaction for spot or forward delivery entered into in connection with protection against fluctuation in currency rates where that
foreign exchange exposure arises in the ordinary course of business, but not a foreign exchange transaction for investment or speculative purposes; 

  

	 	(vii)	arising under a hedging transaction entered into in connection with protection against fluctuation in interest rates where that hedging exposure arises in the ordinary
course of business, but not a transaction for investment or speculative purposes; 

  

	 	(viii)	resulting from operating leases being reclassified as capital leases in accordance with IFRS; and 

 

	 	(ix)	not permitted by the preceding paragraphs and the outstanding amount of which does not exceed eight per cent. of the consolidated gross assets of the Group as
determined pursuant to the then most recently delivered audited financial statements of the Company. 

  

	21.12	Guarantors 

 The Company
shall ensure that at all times after the date of this Agreement, the Guarantor Cover Requirement is complied with. 
  

	21.13	ERISA 

 No US Obligor
shall allow, nor permit any of its ERISA Entities to allow: 
  

	 	(a)	the termination of any US Pension Plan with respect to such Obligor or any ERISA Entity thereof that may have any liability thereunder; 

 

	 	(b)	such Obligor or any ERISA Entity thereof to withdraw from any US Pension Plan or US Multiemployer Plan; or 

 

	 	(c)	any ERISA Event to occur with respect to any US Pension Plan, 

 in each case to the extent that any of the events described in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above, singly or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 

	21.14	US Investment Company Act 

No Obligor shall become, nor permit any of its Subsidiaries to become, an “investment company” or an “affiliated
person” of an “investment company”, as such terms are defined in the US Investment Company Act. Neither the making of any Loan, nor the application of the proceeds or repayment of any Loan nor the consummation of the other
transactions contemplated hereby will violate any provision of the US Investment Company Act. 
  

	21.15	Anti-Terrorism Law 

 No
Obligor shall, nor permit any of its Subsidiaries to: 

  
 62 

	 	(a)	conduct any business or engage in any transaction or deal with any Blocked Person, including making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for
the benefit of any Blocked Person; 

  

	 	(b)	deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any assets blocked pursuant to the US Executive Order; or 

 

	 	(c)	engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that attempts to violate, or evades or avoids (or has the purpose of evading or avoiding) any prohibitions set forth
in any Anti-Terrorism Law. 

  

	21.16	Federal Reserve Regulations 

 No part of the proceeds of the Facility will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is
inconsistent with Regulation T, U or X issued by the US Federal Reserve Board. 
  

	21.17	Sanctions 

 No member of
the Group will directly or indirectly use any Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available the proceeds of any Loans, to any person to fund any activities of, or business with any person in, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea,
Sudan or in any other country or territory that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by OFAC, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any other
relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any member of the Group of Sanctions. 

 

	21.18	Company’s shareholder resolutions 

  

	 	(a)	The Company shall use its best efforts to procure the delivery within 75 days of the date of this Agreement to the Agent of: 

 

	 	(i)	a certified copy of a resolution of the holders of the issued shares in the Company, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents
to which the Company is a party; and 

  

	 	(ii)	evidence that the resolution referred to in paragraph (i) above has been filed with the clerk’s office of the competent commercial court,

 in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (collectively the “556
Resolutions”). 
  

	 	(b)	If the Company does not deliver the 556 Resolutions to the Agent within 75 days of the date of this Agreement, the Agent and the Company shall consult for a period of
21 days. 

  

	 	(c)	Unless otherwise agreed between the Agent and the Company before that time, the Company shall deliver the 556 Resolutions by no later than the date falling 96 days
after the date of this Agreement. 

  

	22.	EVENTS OF DEFAULT 

 Each
of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 22 is an Event of Default (save for Clause 22.13 (Acceleration)). 

  
 63 

	22.1	Non-payment 

 An Obligor
does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless: 
  

	 	(a)	its failure to pay is caused by: 

  

	 	(i)	administrative or technical error; or 

  

	 	(ii)	a Disruption Event; and 

  

	 	(b)	payment is made within five Business Days of its due date. 

  

	22.2	Financial covenants 

 Any
requirement of Clause 20 (Financial covenants) is not satisfied. 
  

	22.3	Other obligations 

  

	 	(a)	An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 22.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 22.2 (Financial
covenants)). 

  

	 	(b)	No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 15 calendar days of the earlier of
(A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply. 

  

	22.4	Misrepresentation 

 Any
representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or
misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made. 
  

	22.5	Cross default 

  

	 	(a)	Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period. 

 

	 	(b)	Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default
(however described). 

  

	 	(c)	Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Obligor as a result of an event of default (however
described). 

  

	 	(d)	Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an
event of default (however described). 

  

	 	(e)	No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 22.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within
paragraphs (a) to (d) above is less than EUR 60,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies). 

  
 64 

	22.6	Insolvency 

  

	 	(a)	An Obligor is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated
financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness. 

  

	 	(b)	The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities. 

  

	 	(c)	A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor. 

  

	22.7	Insolvency proceedings 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to: 

 

	 	(a)	the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation of any Obligor; 

 

	 	(b)	a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor; 

 

	 	(c)	the appointment of a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, provisional manager, compulsory manager, special administrator, sequestrator or other similar officer in respect
of any Obligor or any of its assets; 

  

	 	(d)	the commencement of a case or proceeding, whether voluntary or involuntary, under any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law; or 

 

	 	(e)	enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor having a value in excess of EUR 10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies),

 or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction. 

This Clause 22.7 shall not apply to any proceedings which are frivolous or vexatious and are discharged, stayed or dismissed within 20
Business Days of commencement. 
  

	22.8	Creditors’ process 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of an Obligor having a value in excess of
EUR 10,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) and which is not discharged within 30 days. 
  

	22.9	Ownership of the Obligors 

An Obligor (other than the Company) is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company other than pursuant to a sale, transfer or other
disposal referred to in paragraph (b) of Clause 21.4 (Disposals). 
  

	22.10	Unlawfulness 

 It is or
becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents. 
  

	22.11	Repudiation 

 An Obligor
repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document. 

  
 65 

	22.12	Material adverse change 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 

	22.13	Acceleration 

  

	 	(a)	On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent may, and shall if so directed by
the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company: 

  

	 	(i)	cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled; 

 

	 	(ii)	declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and
payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or 

  

	 	(iii)	declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be payable on demand,
whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders. 

  

	 	(b)	If an Event of Default under Clause 22.6 (Insolvency) or Clause 22.7 (Insolvency proceedings) occurs with respect to a Borrower which is a US Obligor
under the US Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. §101 et seq.), the Commitments which are available to that Borrower will, if not already cancelled under this Agreement, be immediately and automatically cancelled and all amounts outstanding by that
Borrower under the Finance Documents will be immediately and automatically due and payable, without the requirement of notice or any other act or formality. 

  
 66 

 SECTION 9 
 CHANGES TO PARTIES 
  

	23.	CHANGES TO THE LENDERS 

  

	23.1	Transfers by the Lenders 

Subject to this Clause 23, a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may transfer by assignment of rights (cessie/cession)
and assumption of obligations (schuldoverneming/reprise de dette) (a “transfer”) any of its rights and obligations under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which
is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “New Lender”). 

 

	23.2	Conditions of transfer 

  

	 	(a)	The consent of each Borrower (or the Company acting on behalf of all Borrowers) is required for a transfer by an Existing Lender. 

 

	 	(b)	The consent of a Borrower to a transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent ten Business Days after the
Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by that Borrower within that time. 

  

	 	(c)	The consent of a Borrower to a transfer shall not be withheld if the transfer is: 

 

	 	(i)	to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; 

  

	 	(ii)	contemplated in Clause 23.7 (Security over Lenders’ rights); or 

 

	 	(iii)	made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing. 

  

	 	(d)	The consent of a Borrower to a transfer must not be withheld solely because the transfer may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost. 

 

	 	(e)	Subject to paragraphs (a) to (c) above, each Borrower hereby grants an irrevocable power of attorney to the Agent to execute each relevant Transfer
Certificate on its behalf. 

  

	 	(f)	A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with. 

 

	 	(g)	If: 

  

	 	(i)	a Lender transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and 

 

	 	(ii)	as a result of circumstances existing at the date the transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting
through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax gross up and indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased costs), 

 then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or

  
 67 

 
Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the transfer or change had not occurred. 
  

	 	(h)	Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any
amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by
that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender. 

  

	23.3	Transfer fee 

 The New
Lender shall, on the date upon which a transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of EUR 2,500. 
  

	23.4	Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders 

  

	 	(a)	Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

  

	 	(i)	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents; 

 

	 	(ii)	the financial condition of any Obligor; 

  

	 	(iii)	the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or 

 

	 	(iv)	the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document, 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded. 

 

	 	(b)	Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it: 

 

	 	(i)	has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities
in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and 

 

	 	(ii)	will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under
the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

  

	 	(c)	Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to: 

  

	 	(i)	accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 23; or 

 

	 	(ii)	support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or
otherwise. 

  
 68 

	23.5	Procedure for transfer 

  

	 	(a)	Each Finance Party (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender) irrevocably authorises the Agent to execute any duly completed Transfer Certificate on its
behalf. 

  

	 	(b)	Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 (Conditions of transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (d) below when the Agent
executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (c) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed
Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate. 

 

	 	(c)	The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with
all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender. 

 

	 	(d)	Subject to Clause 23.8 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date: 

 

	 	(i)	to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the Obligors and the
Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and
Obligations”); 

  

	 	(ii)	each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights
and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender; 

  

	 	(iii)	the Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired
and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further
obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(iv)	the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”. 

  

	23.6	Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Company 

 The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Increase Confirmation, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Increase
Confirmation. 
  

	23.7	Security over Lenders’ rights 

 In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 23, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create
Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without 

  
 69 

	 	 
limitation any Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank, except that no such Security shall: 

 

	 	(a)	release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant Security for the Lender as a party to any of the
Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	(b)	require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under
the Finance Documents. 

  

	23.8	Pro rata interest settlement 

 If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to
Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period): 

 

	 	(a)	any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the
Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the
Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and 

  

	 	(b)	the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

  

	 	(i)	when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and 

 

	 	(ii)	the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 23.8, have been payable to it on that date, but
after deduction of the Accrued Amounts. 

  

	24.	CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS 

  

	24.1	Transfer by Obligors 

 No
Obligor may transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents. 
  

	24.2	Additional Borrowers 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 19.9 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request
that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower if: 

  

	 	(i)	all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(ii)	the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; 

 

	 	(iii)	the Subsidiary is (or becomes) a Guarantor prior to becoming a Borrower; 

  
 70 

	 	(iv)	the Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and 

 

	 	(v)	the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that Additional Borrower,
each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. 

  

	 	(b)	The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and
other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent). 

  

	24.3	Resignation of a Borrower 

  

	 	(a)	The Company may request that a Borrower (other than the Company) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter. 

 

	 	(b)	The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if: 

 

	 	(i)	no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has confirmed this is the case); and 

 

	 	(ii)	the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents, 

whereupon that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

  

	24.4	Additional Guarantors 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 19.9 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request
that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries become an Additional Guarantor. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Guarantor if: 

  

	 	(i)	the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; 

 

	 	(ii)	the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor,
each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and 

  

	 	(iii)	if that Additional Guarantor is not a Belgian Obligor or a US Obligor, the Finance Documents are amended (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) to reflect
the requirements of the laws of the jurisdiction in which that Additional Guarantor is incorporated or organised. 

  

	 	(b)	The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and
other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent). 

  

	24.5	Repetition of representations 

 Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by
reference to the facts and circumstances then existing. 

  
 71 

	24.6	Resignation of a Guarantor 

  

	 	(a)	The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter. 

 

	 	(b)	The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if: 

 

	 	(i)	no Default (including, but not limited to, a breach of the Guarantor Cover Requirement) is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and
the Company has confirmed this is the case); and 

  

	 	(ii)	the aggregate earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 20.1 (Financial
definitions)) of the resigning Guarantor and the aggregate gross assets of the resigning Guarantor (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) represent
10 per cent or more of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions)) and consolidated gross assets of the Group, all the Lenders have consented to the Company’s request. 

  
 72 

 SECTION 10 
 THE FINANCE PARTIES 
  

	25.	ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGER 

  

	25.1	Appointment of the Agent 

  

	 	(a)	Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	(b)	Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with
the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. 

  

	25.2	Duties of the Agent 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party
by any other Party. 

  

	 	(b)	Without prejudice to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or to any Increase Confirmation.

  

	 	(c)	Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it
forwards to another Party. 

  

	 	(d)	If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly
notify the Finance Parties. 

  

	 	(e)	If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Arranger) under
this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. 

  

	 	(f)	The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. 

 

	25.3	Role of the Arranger 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in
connection with any Finance Document. 
  

	25.4	No fiduciary duties 

  

	 	(a)	Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person. 

 

	 	(b)	Neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

  
 73 

	25.5	Business with the Group 

The Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any
member of the Group. 
  

	25.6	Rights and discretions of the Agent 

  

	 	(a)	The Agent may rely on: 

  

	 	(i)	any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and 

 

	 	(ii)	any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or
within his power to verify. 

  

	 	(b)	The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that: 

 

	 	(i)	no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 22.1 (Non-payment)); 

 

	 	(ii)	any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and 

 

	 	(iii)	any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

  

	 	(c)	The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts. 

 

	 	(d)	The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents. 

 

	 	(e)	The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement. 

 

	 	(f)	Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (e) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Company
and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Company or the Majority Lenders. 

  

	 	(g)	Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or
might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. 

  

	 	(h)	The Agent may not disclose to any Finance Party any details of the rate notified to the Agent by any Lender or the identity of any such Lender for the purpose of
paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 10.2 (Market disruption). 

  

	25.7	Majority Lenders’ instructions 

  

	 	(a)	 Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as
Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion

  
 74 

	 	 
vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

  

	 	(b)	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

  

	 	(c)	The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as
it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions. 

  

	 	(d)	In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in
the best interest of the Lenders. 

  

	 	(e)	The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any
Finance Document. 

  

	25.8	Responsibility for documentation 

 Neither the Agent nor the Arranger: 
  

	 	(a)	is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other
person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the Information Memorandum; 

  

	 	(b)	is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered
into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document; or 

  

	 	(c)	is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be
regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise. 

  

	25.9	Exclusion of liability 

  

	 	(a)	Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 28.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.)),
the Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or
wilful misconduct. 

  

	 	(b)	No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or
in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause. 

 

	 	(c)	 The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to
be paid by the 

  
 75 

	 	 
Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by
the Agent for that purpose. 

  

	 	(d)	Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of
any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.

  

	25.10	Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent 

 Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero)
indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the
Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 28.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other
category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document). 

 

	25.11	Resignation of the Agent 

  

	 	(a)	The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the European Union as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the
Company. 

  

	 	(b)	Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation
with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent. 

  

	 	(c)	If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the
retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the European Union). 

  

	 	(d)	The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may
reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(e)	The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor. 

 

	 	(f)	Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to
the benefit of this Clause 25. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party. 

 

	 	(g)	After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event,
the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. 

  
 76 

	25.12	Confidentiality 

  

	 	(a)	In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other
of its divisions or departments. 

  

	 	(b)	If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be
deemed to have notice of it. 

  

	25.13	Relationship with the Lenders 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to Clause 23.8 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of
the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office: 

  

	 	(i)	entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and 

 

	 	(ii)	entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on
that day, 

 unless it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the
contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
  

	 	(b)	Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost
formulae). 

  

	 	(c)	Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that
Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 30.6 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address
and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a
substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 30.6 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled
to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender. 

 

	25.14	Credit appraisal by the Lenders 

 Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it has
been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to: 

 

	 	(a)	the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group; 

  
 77 

	 	(b)	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or
executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; 

  

	 	(c)	whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance
Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and 

 

	 	(d)	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in
connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

  

	25.15	Reference Banks 

 If a
Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference
Bank. 
  

	25.16	Agent’s Management Time 

 Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 14.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 16 (Costs and expenses) and Clause 25.10 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the
cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Company and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable
to the Agent under Clause 11 (Fees). 
  

	25.17	Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent 

 If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the
Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so
deducted. 
  

	26.	CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES 

 No provision of this Agreement will: 
  

	 	(a)	interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit; 

 

	 	(b)	oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

  

	 	(c)	oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax. 

  
 78 

	27.	SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES 

  

	27.1	Payments to Finance Parties 

 If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment mechanics) (a “Recovered
Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then: 
  

	 	(a)	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent; 

 

	 	(b)	the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been
received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

  

	 	(c)	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such
receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 28.6 (Partial payments). 

 

	27.2	Redistribution of payments 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties
(other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 28.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties. 

 

	27.3	Recovering Finance Party’s rights 

 On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 27.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering
Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor. 
  

	27.4	Reversal of redistribution 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering
Finance Party, then: 
  

	 	(a)	each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part
of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the
“Redistributed Amount”); and 

  

	 	(b)	as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by
that Obligor. 

  
 79 

	27.5	Exceptions 

  

	 	(a)	This Clause 27 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable
claim against the relevant Obligor. 

  

	 	(b)	A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of
taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if: 

  

	 	(i)	it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and 

 

	 	(ii)	that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received
notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings. 

  
 80 

 SECTION 11 
 ADMINISTRATION 
  

	28.	PAYMENT MECHANICS 

  

	28.1	Payments to the Agent 

  

	 	(a)	On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent
(unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of
payment. 

  

	 	(b)	Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a
Participating Member State or London) with such bank as the Agent specifies. 

  

	28.2	Distributions by the Agent 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 28.3 (Distributions to an
Obligor) and Clause 28.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility
Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre
of a Participating Member State or London). 
  

	28.3	Distributions to an Obligor 

 The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 29 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and
funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied. 
  

	28.4	Clawback 

  

	 	(a)	Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or
perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum. 

  

	 	(b)	If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or
the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect
its cost of funds. 

  

	28.5	Impaired Agent 

  

	 	(a)	 If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the
Agent in accordance with Clause 28.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either pay that 

  
 81 

	 	 
amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of
“Acceptable Bank” and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties
beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents. In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	(b)	All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to
their respective entitlements. 

  

	 	(c)	A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 28.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not
take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account. 

  

	28.6	Partial payments 

  

	 	(a)	If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply
that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order: 

  

	 	(i)	first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(ii)	secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement; 

 

	 	(iii)	thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and 

 

	 	(iv)	fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	(b)	The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above. 

 

	 	(c)	Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor. 

 

	28.7	No set-off by Obligors 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any
deduction for) set-off or counterclaim. 
  

	28.8	Business Days 

  

	 	(a)	Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the
preceding Business Day (if there is not). 

  

	 	(b)	During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate
payable on the original due date. 

  
 82 

	28.9	Currency of account 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

  

	 	(b)	A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

  

	 	(c)	Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

  

	 	(d)	Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred. 

 

	 	(e)	Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency. 

 

	28.10	Change of currency 

  

	 	(a)	Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency
of that country, then: 

  

	 	(i)	any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid
in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and 

  

	 	(ii)	any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that
currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably). 

  

	 	(b)	If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to
be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency. 

 

	28.11	Disruption to Payment Systems etc. 

 If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred: 

 

	 	(a)	the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or
administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances; 

  

	 	(b)	the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so
in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes; 

  

	 	(c)	the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is
not practicable to do so in the circumstances; 

  
 83 

	 	(d)	any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the
Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 34 (Amendments and Waivers); 

 

	 	(e)	the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of
liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 28.11; and 

 

	 	(f)	the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above. 

 

	29.	SET-OFF 

 A Finance
Party may set off any obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking
branch, maturity or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

  

	30.	NOTICES 

  

	30.1	Communications in writing 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may
be made by fax or letter. 
  

	30.2	Addresses 

 The address
and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is: 

 

	 	(a)	in the case of the Company, that identified in Schedule 13 (Addresses for notices); 

 

	 	(b)	in the case of each Lender or any other Original Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

  

	 	(c)	in the case of the Agent, that identified in Schedule 13 (Addresses for notices);, 

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the
other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice. 
  

	30.3	Delivery 

  

	 	(a)	Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

  

	 	(i)	if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or 

  
 84 

	 	(ii)	if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to
it at that address; 

 and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details
provided under Clause 30.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer. 
  

	 	(b)	Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked
for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose). 

 

	 	(c)	All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent. 

  

	 	(d)	Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

  

	30.4	Notification of address and fax number 

 Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 30.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall
notify the other Parties. 
 30.5 Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent 

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other
directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to
or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed. 
  

	30.6	Electronic communication 

  

	 	(a)	Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means,
if the Agent and the relevant Lender: 

  

	 	(i)	agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication; 

 

	 	(ii)	notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

  

	 	(iii)	notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them. 

 

	 	(b)	Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic
communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose. 

  
 85 

	30.7	English language 

  

	 	(a)	Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English. 

 

	 	(b)	All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: 

 

	 	(i)	in English; or 

  

	 	(ii)	if not in English and accompanied by an (if so required by the Agent, certified) English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the
document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document. 

  

	31.	CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES 

  

	31.1	Accounts 

 In any
litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate. 

 

	31.2	Certificates and Determinations 

 Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

  

	31.3	Day count convention 

 Any
interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market
differs, in accordance with that market practice. 
  

	32.	PARTIAL INVALIDITY 

 If,
at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality,
validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. 
  

	33.	REMEDIES AND WAIVERS 

 No
failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or
other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 

  
 86 

	34.	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 

  

	34.1	Required consents 

  

	 	(a)	Subject to Clause 34.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and
any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties. 

  

	 	(b)	The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause. 

 

	34.2	Exceptions 

  

	 	(a)	An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to: 

 

	 	(i)	the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions); 

 

	 	(ii)	an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents; 

 

	 	(iii)	a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable; 

 

	 	(iv)	an increase in or an extension of any Commitment; 

  

	 	(v)	a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors); 

 

	 	(vi)	any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; 

  

	 	(vii)	Clause 2.3 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) or this Clause 34; or 

 

	 	(viii)	the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee), 

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders. 

 

	 	(b)	An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Arranger (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent
of the Agent or, as the case may be, the Arranger. 

  

	34.3	Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders 

  

	 	(a)	For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of
doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available
Commitments. 

  

	 	(b)	For the purposes of this Clause 34.3, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders: 

 

	 	(i)	any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; 

  
 87 

	 	(ii)	any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of
“Defaulting Lender” has occurred, 

 unless it has received notice to the contrary from the
Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender. 

 

	34.4	Replacement of a Defaulting Lender 

  

	 	(a)	The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such
Lender: 

  

	 	(i)	replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders)
all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; 

  

	 	(ii)	require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of
the undrawn Commitment of the Lender; or 

  

	 	(iii)	require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of
its rights and obligations in respect of the Facility, 

 to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust,
fund or other entity (a “Replacement Lender”) selected by the Company which (unless the Agent is an Impaired Agent) is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably), and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the
obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a
purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification
under Clause 25.11 (Resignation of the Agent)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents. 
  

	 	(b)	Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions: 

 

	 	(i)	the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent; 

  

	 	(ii)	neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender; 

 

	 	(iii)	the transfer must take place no later than ten days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above; and 

 

	 	(iv)	in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the
Finance Documents. 

  
 88 

	35.	CONFIDENTIALITY 

  

	35.1	Confidential Information 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted
by Clause 35.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 35.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would
apply to its own confidential information. 
  

	35.2	Disclosure of Confidential Information 

 Any Finance Party may disclose: 
  

	 	(a)	to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such
Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of
such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise
bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information; 

  

	 	(b)	to any person: 

  

	 	(i)	to (or through) whom it transfers (or may potentially transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that
person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers; 

  

	 	(ii)	with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction
under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

  

	 	(iii)	appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered
pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (c) of Clause 25.13 (Relationship with the Lenders)); 

 

	 	(iv)	who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or
(b)(ii) above; 

  

	 	(v)	to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority
or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation; 

  

	 	(vi)	to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 23.7 (Security over Lenders’
rights); 

  
 89 

	 	(vii)	to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations,
proceedings or disputes; 

  

	 	(viii)	who is a Party; or 

  

	 	(ix)	with the consent of the Company; 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if: 

 

	 	(A)	in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality
Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

  

	 	(B)	in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise
bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; 

 

	 	(C)	in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and
that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

  

	 	(c)	to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in
respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service
provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master
Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Company and the relevant Finance Party; 

 

	 	(d)	to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out
its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential
Information may be price-sensitive information. 

  

	35.3	Disclosure to numbering service providers 

  

	 	(a)	 Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification
numbering services 

  
 90 

	 	 
in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information: 

 

	 	(i)	names of Obligors; 

  

	 	(ii)	country of domicile of Obligors; 

  

	 	(iii)	place of incorporation of Obligors; 

  

	 	(iv)	date of this Agreement; 

  

	 	(v)	the names of the Agent and the Arranger; 

  

	 	(vi)	date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement; 

  

	 	(vii)	amount of Total Commitments; 

  

	 	(viii)	currencies of the Facility; 

  

	 	(ix)	type of Facility; 

  

	 	(x)	ranking of Facility; 

  

	 	(xi)	Termination Date for the Facility; 

  

	 	(xii)	changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xi) above; and 

 

	 	(xiii)	such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company, 

 to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services. 
  

	 	(b)	The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider
and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider. 

 

	 	(c)	The Company represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (i) to (xiii)of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished
price-sensitive information. 

  

	 	(d)	The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of: 

  

	 	(i)	the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and 

 

	 	(ii)	the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

  

	35.4	Entire agreement 

 This
Clause 35 (Confidentiality) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement,
whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information. 

  
 91 

	35.5	Inside information 

 Each
of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law
relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose. 
  

	35.6	Notification of disclosure 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company: 

 

	 	(a)	of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 35.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information)
except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and 

 

	 	(b)	upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 35 (Confidentiality). 

 

	35.7	Continuing obligations 

The obligations in this Clause 35 (Confidentiality) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each
Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the earlier of: 
  

	 	(a)	the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or
otherwise cease to be available; and 

  

	 	(b)	the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party. 

 

	36.	COUNTERPARTS 

 Each
Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document. 

  
 92 

 SECTION 12 
 GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT 
  

	37.	GOVERNING LAW 

 This
Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by Belgian law. 
  

	38.	ENFORCEMENT 

  

	 	(a)	The courts of Brussels, Belgium have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to
the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a “Dispute”), provided that the Finance Parties shall be entitled to join any
proceedings brought by a third party before any other court. 

  

	 	(b)	The Parties agree that, other than as contemplated above, the courts of Brussels, Belgium are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and
accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary. 

  

	39.	ELECTION OF DOMICILE 

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor otherwise domiciled in
Belgium) irrevocably elects domicile at the registered office from time to time of the Company for the purpose of serving any judicial or extra-judicial documents in relation to any action or proceedings in connection with the Finance Documents.

 This Agreement has been entered into in 40 originals in Belgium on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. 

Documentary duty of EUR 0.15 per original paid by bank transfer from Baker & McKenzie CVBA/SCRL on 31 December 2010. Droit
d’écriture de 0,15 euro par original payé par transfert bancaire de Baker & McKenzie SCRL le 31 décembre 2010. Recht op geschriften van 0,15 euro per origineel betaald per overschrijving door Baker &
McKenzie CVBA op 31 december 2010. 

  
 93 

 SCHEDULE 1 
 THE ORIGINAL PARTIES 
 Part I 

The Original Obligors 
  

					
	Name of Original Borrower	 	 Company number (or

equivalent, if any)
	 	 Jurisdiction of

incorporation

			
	Delhaize Group SA/NV	 	VAT BE 0402.206.045 RLP Brussels	 	Belgium
			
	Delhaize The Lion Coordination Center SA/NV	 	VAT BE 0432.195.772 RLP Brussels	 	Belgium
			
	Delhaize Griffin SA/NV	 	VAT BE 0821.662.848 RLP Brussels	 	Belgium
			
	Delhaize America, LLC	 	FEIN 56-0660192	 	North Carolina, USA
			
	Name of Original Guarantor	 	 Company number (or

equivalent, if any)
	 	 Jurisdiction of

incorporation

			
	Delhaize Group SA/NV	 	VAT BE 0402.206.045 RLP Brussels	 	Belgium
			
	Delhaize The Lion Coordination Center SA/NV	 	VAT BE 0432.195.772 RLP Brussels	 	Belgium
			
	Delhaize Griffin SA/NV	 	VAT BE 0821.662.848 RLP Brussels	 	Belgium
			
	Delhaize America, LLC	 	FEIN 56-0660192	 	North Carolina, USA
			
	Food Lion, LLC	 	FEIN 56-2173154	 	North Carolina, USA
			
	FL Food Lion, Inc.	 	FEIN 56-2051565	 	Florida, USA
			
	Risk Management Services, Inc.	 	FEIN 55-0660192	 	North Carolina, USA
			
	Delhaize U.S. Holding Inc.	 	FEIN 27-1348010	 	Delaware, USA
			
	Hannaford Bros. Co.	 	FEIN 01-0085930	 	Maine, USA
			
	Boney Wilson & Sons, Inc.	 	FEIN 56-0709778	 	North Carolina, USA
			
	Hannbro Company	 	FEIN 01-0531895	 	Maine, USA
			
	Martin’s Foods of South Burlington, Inc.	 	FEIN 03-0222879	 	Vermont, USA
			
	Victory Distributors, Inc.	 	FEIN 04-2440100	 	Massachusetts, USA
			
	Hannaford Licensing Corp.	 	FEIN 01-0512079	 	Maine, USA

  
 94 

					
	 J.H. Harvey Co., LLC
	  	FEIN 05-0582969	  	Georgia, USA
			
	 Kash n’ Karry Food Stores, Inc.
	  	FEIN 95-4161591	  	Delaware, USA

  
 95 

 Part II 
 The Original Lenders 
  

			
	Name of Original Lender	  	Commitment
		
	Bank of America, N.A.	  	EUR 60,000,000
	Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.	  	EUR 60,000,000
	Fortis Bank SA/NV	  	EUR 60,000,000
	JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.	  	EUR 60,000,000
	Credit Suisse AG, London Branch	  	EUR 40,000,000
	Dexia Banque Internationale à Luxembourg, S.A.	  	EUR 40,000,000
	ING Belgium NV	  	EUR 40,000,000
	KBC Bank NV	  	EUR 40,000,000
	Société Générale S.A.	  	EUR 40,000,000
	Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A., Belgian Branch	  	EUR 16,000,000
	Fifth Third Bank	  	EUR 16,000,000
	Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A.	  	EUR 16,000,000
	Key Bank National Association	  	EUR 16,000,000
	Mizuho Corporate Bank Nederland N.V.	  	EUR 16,000,000
	Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, INC	  	EUR 16,000,000
	Northern Trust Company	  	EUR 16,000,000
	Raiffeisen Bank International AG	  	EUR 16,000,000
	Royal Bank of Cananda	  	EUR 16,000,000
	The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.	  	EUR 16,000,000

  
 96 

 SCHEDULE 2 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 
 Part I 

Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation 
  

	1.	Original Obligors 

  

	 	(a)	In respect of each Original Obligor that is a Belgian Obligor: 

  

	 	(i)	a copy of the latest coordinated articles of association (statuten/statuts); and 

 

	 	(ii)	a recent excerpt of the Crossroads Bank for Enterprises (KBO uittreksel/extrait BCE) and a copy of a non-bankruptcy certificate (attest van
niet-faling/certificat de non-faillite) in relation to each Original Obligor. 

  

	 	(b)	In respect of each Original Obligor that is a US Obligor: 

  

	 	(i)	a copy of its certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation or other comparable organisational document as certified by the secretary of state (or other
appropriate governmental official) of the state of its organisation; 

  

	 	(ii)	a copy of its by-laws, operating agreement or other comparable document; and 

 

	 	(iii)	a good standing certificate issued as of a recent date by the secretary of state (or other appropriate governmental official) of the state of its incorporation.

  

	 	(c)	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor: 

 

	 	(i)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which
it is a party; 

  

	 	(ii)	(in the case of an Original Guarantor and where applicable and customary) containing a detailed and motivated determination that taking on the obligations it has
pursuant to Clause 17 (Guarantee) is in its corporate interest; 

  

	 	(iii)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; 

 

	 	(iv)	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be
signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and 

  

	 	(v)	in the case of an Original Obligor other than the Company, authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

  

	 	(d)	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (c) above. 

 

	 	(e)	 Where required, a copy of a resolution of the holders of the issued shares in each Original Obligor (other than the Company), approving the terms of,
and the 

  
 97 

	 	 
transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which that Original Obligor is a party. 

  

	 	(f)	In respect of each Original Obligor that is a Belgian Obligor (other than the Company), evidence that the resolution referred to in paragraph (e) above has been
filed with the clerk’s office of the competent commercial court. 

  

	 	(g)	A certificate of the Company (signed by a director or senior financial officer) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would
not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded. 

  

	 	(k)	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company certifying that each copy document relating to it and each other Original Obligor specified in this Part I of
Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement. 

  

	2.	Legal opinions 

 A legal
opinion of: 
  

	 	(a)	Baker & McKenzie, Brussels, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in Belgium; 

 

	 	(b)	Linklaters LLP, legal advisers to the Company in Belgium; 

  

	 	(c)	Hunton & Williams LLP, legal advisers to certain Obligors in Delaware, Florida and Georgia, United States; 

 

	 	(d)	Verrill Dana LLP, legal advisers to certain Obligors in Massachusetts, United States; 

 

	 	(e)	Pierson Wadhams Quinn Yates & Coffrin, legal advisers to certain Obligors in Vermont, United States; and 

 

	 	(f)	Ms. Lisa Toner, in-house counsel to certain Obligors in Maine, United States; and 

 

	 	(g)	Ms. G. Linn Evans, in-house counsel to certain Obligors in North-Carolina, United States, 

in each case substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement. 

 

	3.	Other documents and evidence 

  

	 	(a)	A certificate of the Company (signed by a senior financial officer): 

  

	 	(i)	confirming that the Guarantor Cover Requirement has been met; and 

  

	 	(ii)	attaching a schedule detailing on an individual basis the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated
EBITDA (as defined in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions)) of each Original Guarantor and the gross assets of each Original Guarantor (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items).

  

	 	(b)	The Original Financial Statements of the Company. 

  
 98 

	 	(c)	Evidence that all loans made under the Existing Facility Agreement have been fully and irrevocably repaid, and that all available commitments under the Existing
Facility Agreement have been fully and irrevocably cancelled. 

  

	 	(d)	Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or
will be paid by the first Utilisation Date. 

  

	 	(e)	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary (if it has notified the Company accordingly) in
connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. 

  
 99 

 Part II 
 Conditions Precedent Required To Be Delivered By An Additional Obligor 
  

	1.	Additional Obligors  

  

	 	(a)	An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Obligor and the Company. 

 

	 	(b)	A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Obligor. 

  

	 	(c)	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor: 

 

	 	(i)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Accession Letter;

  

	 	(ii)	(in the case of an Additional Guarantor and where applicable and customary) containing a detailed and motivated determination that taking on the obligations it has
pursuant to Clause 17 (Guarantee) is in its corporate interest; 

  

	 	(iii)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter on its behalf; 

 

	 	(iv)	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any
Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(v)	authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents. 

 

	 	(d)	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (c) above. 

 

	 	(e)	Where required, a copy of a resolution of the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Obligor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the
Finance Documents to which the Additional Obligor is a party. 

  

	 	(f)	A certificate of the Additional Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any
borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded. 

  

	 	(g)	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in
full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter. 

  

	2.	Legal opinion 

  

	 	(a)	A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Company in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Obligor is incorporated, substantially in the form distributed to the
Lenders prior to the accession of the Additional Obligor. 

  

	 	(b)	If the Additional Guarantor is not a Belgian Obligor or a US Obligor, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction in which the Additional
Obligor is incorporated, substantially in the form distributed to the Lenders prior to the accession of the Additional Obligor. 

  
 100

	3.	Other documents and evidence 

  

	 	(a)	If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Obligor. 

 

	 	(b)	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary in connection with the entry into and performance of
the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. 

  
 101

 SCHEDULE 3 
 UTILISATION REQUEST 
  

			
	From:	  	[Borrower]
		
	To:	  	[Agent]

 Dated: 

Dear Sirs 
 Delhaize Group
SA/NV – EUR 600,000,000 Facility Agreement 
 dated 15 April 2011 (the “Agreement”) 

 

	1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different
meaning in this Utilisation Request. 

  

	2.	We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms: 

  

			
	Proposed Utilisation Date:	 	[—] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
		
	Currency of Loan:	 	[—]
		
	Amount:	 	[—] or, if less, the Available Facility
		
	Interest Period:	 	[—]

  

	3.	We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

  

	4.	The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account]. 

  

	5.	This Utilisation Request is irrevocable. 

  

	
	Yours faithfully
	
	 [the Company on behalf of]

[RELEVANT BORROWER]

	
	  

	Name:
	Title: authorised signatory

  
 102

 SCHEDULE 4 
 MANDATORY COST FORMULAE 
  

	1.	The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the
Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank. 

 

	2.	On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost
Rate”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage
participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. 

  

	3.	The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This
percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the
minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office. 

  

	4.	The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows: 

 

			
	E × 0.01	 	  
 per cent. per annum.

 

	300	 

 Where: 

 

	 	E	is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge
supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 6 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000. 

  

	5.	For the purposes of this Schedule: 

  

	 	(a)	“Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by
the Bank of England; 

  

	 	(b)	“Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Services Authority Fees Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in
force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits; 

  

	 	(c)	“Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under Column 1 of the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or
zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and 

  

	 	(d)	“Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules. 

 

	6.	 If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the
Agent, the rate of charge payable by that 

  
 103

	 	 
Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that
Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank. 

 

	7.	Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each
Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender: 

  

	 	(a)	the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and 

  

	 	(b)	any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose. 

 Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph. 
  

	8.	The rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs
6 and 7 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of
incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office. 

  

	9.	The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be
entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above is true and correct in all respects. 

 

	10.	The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender
based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above. 

  

	11.	Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall,
in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

  

	12.	The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Company and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made
to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which
replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

  
 104

 SCHEDULE 5 
 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 
  

			
	To:	  	[Agent] as Agent (acting on its own behalf, on behalf of the other Finance Parties and on behalf of all Borrowers)
		
	From:	  	[the Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender] (the “New Lender”)
		
	Dated:	  	

 Delhaize Group SA/NV – EUR 600,000,000 Facility Agreement 

dated 15 April 2011 (the “Agreement”) 

 

	1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different
meaning in this Transfer Certificate. 

  

	2.	We refer to Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement. With effect as of the Transfer Date: 

 

	 	(b)	the Existing Lender transfers to the New Lender in accordance with Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Agreement, the Existing Lender’s Commitment
referred to in the Schedule, including the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the
Agreement as specified in the Schedule; 

  

	 	(c)	the Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and
participations in Utilisations under the Agreement specified in the Schedule; and 

  

	 	(d)	the New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (c) above.

  

	3.	The proposed Transfer Date is [date]. 

  

	4.	The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 (Addresses) are set out in the
Schedule. 

  

	5.	The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 23.4 (Limitation of
responsibility of Existing Lenders). 

  

	6.	The New Lender confirms that it is [not] a Qualifying Lender. 

  

	7.	This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of
this Transfer Certificate. 

  

	8.	This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by Belgian law. 

 

	9.	This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate. 

  
 105

 THE SCHEDULE 
 Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred 
 [insert relevant
details] 
 [Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

  

					
	[EXISTING LENDER]	 		 	[NEW LENDER]
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Name:	 		 	Name:
	Title:	 		 	Title:

 This Transfer Certificate is accepted and agreed
to by the Agent (acting on its own behalf, on behalf of the other Finance Parties and on behalf of all Borrowers) and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [date]. 
  

	
	[AGENT]
	
	  

	Name:
	Title:

  
 106

 SCHEDULE 6 
 FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER 
  

			
	To:	  	[Agent] as Agent
		
	From:	  	[Subsidiary] and [Company]

 Dated:

 Dear Sirs 

Delhaize Group SA/NV – EUR 600,000,000 Facility Agreement 

dated 15 April 2011 (the “Agreement”) 

 

	1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a different meaning
in this Accession Letter. 

  

	2.	[Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant
to Clause [24.2 (Additional Borrowers)]/[Clause 24.4 (Additional Guarantors)] of the Agreement. [Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction]. 

 

	3.	[Subsidiary’s] administrative details are as follows: 

 Address: 
 Fax No: 

Attention: 
  

	4.	This Accession Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by Belgian law. 

 

					
	[COMPANY]	 		 	[SUBSIDIARY]
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Name:	 		 	Name:
	Title:	 		 	Title:

  
 107

 SCHEDULE 7 
 FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER 
  

			
	To:	  	[Agent] as Agent
		
	From:	  	[resigning Obligor] and [Company]
		
	Dated:	  	

 Dear Sirs 
 Delhaize Group SA/NV – EUR 600,000,000 Facility Agreement 
 dated
15 April 2011 (the “Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different
meaning in this Resignation Letter. 

  

	2.	Pursuant to [Clause 24.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)]/[Clause 24.6 (Resignation of a Guarantor)], we request that [resigning Obligor] be released
from its obligations as a [Borrower]/[Guarantor] under the Agreement. 

  

	3.	We confirm that: 

  

	 	(a)	no Default [(including, but not limited to, a breach of the Guarantor Cover Requirement)]* is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and

  

	 	(b)	[[resigning Borrower] is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents.]** 

 

	 	(c)	[the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 20.1 (Financial
definitions)) of [resigning Guarantor] and the aggregate gross assets of [resigning Guarantor] (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items) represents [not] less than
10 per cent of Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions)) and consolidated gross assets of the Group respectively.]* 

 

	4.	This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by Belgian law. 

 

					
	[COMPANY]	 		 	[SUBSIDIARY]
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Name:	 		 	Name:
	Title:	 		 	Title:

  

	*	Only for resigning Guarantors. 

	**	Only for resigning Borrowers. 

  
 108

 SCHEDULE 8 
 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 
  

			
	To:	  	[Agent] as Agent
		
	From:	  	[Company]

 Dated: 

Dear Sirs 
 Delhaize Group
SA/NV – EUR 600,000,000 Facility Agreement 
 dated 15 April 2011 (the “Agreement”) 

 

	1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given
a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate. 

  

	2.	We confirm that: 

  

	 	(a)	the Leverage Ratio in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period is [ratio]; and 

 

	 	(b)	the Interest Cover in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period is [ratio]. 

 

	3.	[We confirm that no Default is continuing.]* 

  

	4.	We confirm that the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in Clause
20.1 (Financial definitions)) of the Guarantors and the aggregate gross assets of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items) represent not less than 70 per cent of Consolidated
EBITDA (as defined in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions)) and consolidated gross assets of the Group respectively. 

  

					
	[COMPANY]	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Name:	 		 	Name:
	Title: Director	 		 	Title: Director

  

	*	If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

  
 109

 SCHEDULE 9 
 EXISTING SECURITY 
  

											
	Name of Obligor	  	Security	  	 Total principal

amount of

indebtedness

secured in USD
	 	  	 Total principal

amount of
 indebtedness
 secured in EUR
	 
	
	1. Amount of borrowing collateralized by mortgage and security charges granted or promised on company’s assets	  
				
	Food Lion, LLC	  	SPEs for Shopping Centers	  				  			
				
	Food Lion, LLC	  	Delta Comm Credit Union 10/05/2014 7.00%	  	 	7,239,723	  	  	 	5,418,143	  
				
	Food Lion, LLC	  	Atlantic Capital Bank – SPE 5/6/2011 5.75%	  	 	3,286,650	  	  	 	2,459,699	  
				
	Food Lion, LLC	  	Integrity Bank - SPE	  	 	5,948,182	  	  	 	4,451,565	  
				
	 Martin’s Food of South Burlington, Inc.
	  	Secured Real Estate – Bennington VT 2016 – 8.25%	  	 	2,392,507	  	  	 	1,790,531	  
				
	Hannaford Bros. Co	  	Defeasance Notes Short Term (guaranteed by defeasance deposits)	  	 	2,321,794	  	  	 	1,737,610	  
				
	Hannaford Bros. Co	  	 Defeasance Notes Long Term

(guaranteed by defeasance deposits)
	  	 	9,341,603	  	  	 	6,991,171	  
				
	Delhaize Group SA/NV	  	 Collateral on
 Derivatives
CCIRS
	  	 	3,320,000	  	  	 	2,484,658	  
	
	2. Net book value of land and buildings pledged as collateral for mortgages and other commitments	  
				
	Food Lion, LLC	  	Sinking Springs	  	 	11,448,373	  	  	 	8,567,859	  
				
	Food Lion, LLC	  	Summit	  	 	10,188,412	  	  	 	7,624,915	  
				
	Food Lion, LLC	  	Marietta	  	 	8,007,956	  	  	 	5,993,082	  
				
	 Martin’s Food of South Burlington, Inc.
	  	Bennington VT	  	 	7,392,111	  	  	 	5,532,189	  
				
	Delhaize Group SA/NV	  	other	  				  	 	14,960	  

  
 110

											
	3. Value of other assets pledged as collateral for mortgages and other commitments	  
				
	Food Lion, LLC	 		  	 	946,838	  	  	 	708,605	  
				
	TOTAL	 		  				  	 	53,774,988	  

  
 111

 SCHEDULE 10 
 LMA FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING 
 [Letterhead of Seller]

  

							
		 		  		 	Date: [                    ]
	To:	 		  		 	
	 	 	 	  	[insert name of Potential
Purchaser]	 	
			
	Re:         The Agreement	  		 	
	  

Company:

Date:

Amount:

Agent:
	 	  
 (the “Company”)    
	  		 	

 Dear Sirs 

We understand that you are considering acquiring an interest in the Agreement which, subject to the Agreement, may be by way of transfer, assignment, the
entering into, whether directly or indirectly, of a sub-participation or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors or by way of investing in or
otherwise financing, directly or indirectly, any such novation, assignment, sub-participation or other transaction (the “Acquisition”). In consideration of us agreeing to make available to you certain information, by your signature
of a copy of this letter you agree as follows: 
  

	1.	CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING 

 You undertake (a) to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraph 2 below and to ensure that all Confidential Information
is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to your own confidential information, and (b) until the Acquisition is completed to use the Confidential Information only for the Permitted Purpose. 

 

	2.	PERMITTED DISCLOSURE 

 We
agree that you may disclose: 
  

	2.1	to any of your Affiliates and any of your or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers and auditors such Confidential Information as you shall
consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph 2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive
information, except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation
to the Confidential Information; 

  

	2.2	subject to the requirements of the Agreement, to any person: 

  

	 	(a)	 to (or through) whom you assign or transfer (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of your rights and/or obligations which you may acquire
under the Agreement such Confidential Information as you shall consider appropriate if the person to whom 

  
 112

	 	 
the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (a) of paragraph 2.2 has delivered a letter to you in equivalent form to this letter; 

 

	 	(b)	with (or through) whom you enter into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made
or may be made by reference to the Agreement or any Obligor such Confidential Information as you shall consider appropriate if the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph 2.2
has delivered a letter to you in equivalent form to this letter; 

  

	 	(c)	to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any
relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation such Confidential Information as you shall consider appropriate; 

  

	 	(d)	which is an insurance or reinsurance company for the purpose of obtaining insurance in respect of a Facility Interest provided that such persons (i) are
informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of the Confidential Information may be price sensitive information and (ii) prior to any disclosure, enter into a confidentiality agreement (in form and substance similar to
this letter) with you which may be enforced and relied on by each Relevant Person (as defined below), the Company and each member of the Group; and 

  

	2.3	notwithstanding paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2. above, Confidential Information to such persons to whom, and on the same terms as, a Finance Party is permitted to disclose
Confidential Information under the Agreement, as if such permissions were set out in full in this letter and as if references in those permissions to Finance Party were references to you. 

 

	3.	NOTIFICATION OF DISCLOSURE 

You agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform us: 

 

	3.1	of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) of paragraph 2.2 above except where such disclosure is made
to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and 

  

	3.2	upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this letter. 

 

	4.	RETURN OF COPIES 

 If you
do not enter into the Acquisition and we so request in writing, you shall return or destroy all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroy or permanently erase (to the extent technically practicable) all copies of Confidential
Information made by you and use your reasonable endeavours to ensure that anyone to whom you have supplied any Confidential Information destroys or permanently erases (to the extent technically practicable) such Confidential Information and any
copies made by them, in each case save to the extent that you or the recipients are required to retain any such Confidential Information by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory
body or in accordance with internal policy, or where the Confidential Information has been disclosed under sub-paragraph (c) of paragraph 2.2 above. 
  

	5.	CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS 

The obligations in this letter are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on you until (a) if you become a
party to the Agreement as a lender of record, the date 

  
 113

 
on which you become such a party to the Agreement; (b) if you enter into the Acquisition but it does not result in you becoming a party to the Agreement as a lender of record, the date
falling twelve months after the date on which all of your rights and obligations contained in the documentation entered into to implement that Acquisition have terminated; or (c) in any other case the date falling twelve months after the date
of your final receipt (in whatever manner) of any Confidential Information. 
  

	6.	NO REPRESENTATION; CONSEQUENCES OF BREACH, ETC 

 You acknowledge and agree that: 
  

	6.1	neither we, nor any member of the Group nor any of our or their respective officers, employees or advisers (each a “Relevant Person”) (i) make any
representation or warranty, express or implied, as to, or assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or the assumptions on which it is based
or (ii) shall be under any obligation to update or correct any inaccuracy in the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or be otherwise liable to you or any other person in respect of the Confidential Information or
any such information; and 

  

	6.2	we or members of the Group may be irreparably harmed by the breach of the terms of this letter and damages may not be an adequate remedy; each Relevant Person may be
granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened or actual breach of the provisions of this letter by you. 

  

	7.	ENTIRE AGREEMENT: NO WAIVER; AMENDMENTS, ETC 

  

	7.1	This letter constitutes the entire agreement between us in relation to your obligations regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement,
whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information. 

  

	7.2	No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, any right or remedy under this letter will operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an
election to affirm this letter. No election to affirm this letter will be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy will prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy
under this letter. 

  

	7.3	The terms of this letter and your obligations under this letter may only be amended or modified by written agreement between us. 

 

	8.	INSIDE INFORMATION 

 You
acknowledge that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing
and market abuse and you undertake not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose. 
  

	9.	NATURE OF UNDERTAKINGS 

The undertakings given by you under this letter are given to us and are also given for the benefit of the Company and each other member of
the Group. 
  

	10.	GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION 

  

	10.1	 This letter (including the agreement constituted by your acknowledgement of its terms) (the “Letter”) and any non-contractual
obligations arising out of or in connection with it 

  
 114

	 	 
(including any non-contractual obligations arising out of the negotiation of the transaction contemplated by this Letter) are governed by Belgian law. 

 

	10.2	The courts of Brussels, Belgium have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Letter (including a dispute relating to
any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with either this Letter or the negotiation of the transaction contemplated by this Letter). 

  

	11.	DEFINITIONS 

 In this
letter (including the acknowledgement set out below) terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning and: 
 “Confidential Information” means all information relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents, the Facility and/or the Acquisition which is provided to you in
relation to the Finance Documents or the Facility by us or any of our affiliates or advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which
contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that: 
  

	 	(e)	is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by you of this letter; or 

 

	 	(f)	is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by us or our advisers; or 

 

	 	(g)	is known by you before the date the information is disclosed to you by us or any of our affiliates or advisers or is lawfully obtained by you after that date, from a
source which is, as far as you are aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as you are aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 “Group” means the Company and its subsidiaries for the time being (as such term is defined in
the Belgian Companies Code). 
 “Permitted Purpose” means considering and evaluating whether to enter into the
Acquisition. 
 Please acknowledge your agreement to the above by signing and returning the enclosed copy. 

Yours faithfully 
 [SELLER] 

 

			
	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
		
	To:	 	[Seller]

 The Company and each
other member of the Group 

  
 115

 We acknowledge and agree to the above: 
 [POTENTIAL PURCHASER] 
  

	
	  

	Name:
	Title:

  
 116

 SCHEDULE 11 
 TIMETABLES 
 In this Schedule 11: 
 “Q” means the Quotation Day; 
 “U” means the date of
utilisation; and 
 “U-X” means X Business Days prior to the date of utilisation. 

 

					
	 	  	Loans in euro	  	Loans in US dollars
	Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request))	  	U – 3	  	U – 3
	  	noon	  	noon
			
	Agent determines (in relation to a Utilisation) the Base Currency Amount of the Loan, if required under Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) and notifies the
Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)	  	U – 3	  	U – 3
	  	3:00pm	  	3:00pm
			
	EURIBOR or LIBOR is fixed	  	Q	  	Q
			
		  	11:00am	  	11:00am London time

  
 117

 SCHEDULE 12 
 FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION 
  

			
	To:	 	[Agent] as Agent and [Company] as Company, for and on behalf of each Obligor
		
	From:	 	[the Increase Lender] (the “Increase Lender”)

 Dated: 
 Dear Sirs 
 Delhaize Group SA/NV – EUR 600,000,000 Facility Agreement 
 dated
15 April 2011 (the “Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase Confirmation unless given a different
meaning in this Increase Confirmation. 

  

	2.	We refer to clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Agreement. 

  

	3.	The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the “Relevant
Commitment”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement. 

  

	4.	The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “Increase Date”) is
[date]. 

  

	5.	On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender. 

 

	6.	The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 (Addresses) are set out in
the Schedule. 

  

	7.	The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in paragraph (f) of Clause 2.2 (Increase).

  

	8.	The Increase Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is [not] a Qualifying Lender. 

 

	9.	This Increase Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of
this Increase Confirmation. 

  

	10.	This Increase Confirmation and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by Belgian law. 

 

	11.	This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Increase Confirmation. 

  
 118

 SCHEDULE 13 
 ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES 
 THE COMPANY 

 

			
	Address:	 	 Delhaize Group Support Office

Square Marie Curie 40
 1070 Brussels -
Belgium

		
	Telephone:	 	+32 2 412 22 11
		
	Facsimile:	 	+32 2 412 22 22
		
	Attn:	 	Miguel Silva Gonzalez, Vice President Treasury
		
	THE AGENT	 	
		
	Address:	 	 Structured Finance / Corporate & Investment Banking
 Warandeberg 3 (1MA5H)
 1000 Brussels
 Belgium

		
	Telephone:	 	+32 2 565 05 85
		
	Facsimile:	 	+32 2 228 06 40
		
	Attn:	 	Jean-Pierre Nerinckx

  
 119

 SIGNATURES 
 The Company 
 DELHAIZE GROUP SA/NV 

 

							
	 /s/ A.M. Silva Gonzalez
	  		  	  

	Name:	  	A.M. Silva Gonzalez	  		  	Name:
	Title:	  	Proxy Holder	  		  	Title:
		
	The Original Obligors (other than the Company)	  	
		
	DELHAIZE THE LION COORDINATION CENTER SA/NV	  	
			
	 /s/ A.M. Silva Gonzalez
	  		  	  

	Name:	  	A.M. Silva Gonzalez	  		  	Name:
	Title:	  	Proxy Holder	  		  	Title:
			
	DELHAIZE GRIFFIN SA/NV	  		  	
			
	 /s/ A.M. Silva Gonzalez
	  		  	  

	Name:	  	A.M. Silva Gonzalez	  		  	Name:
	Title:	  	Proxy Holder	  		  	Title:
			
	DELHAIZE AMERICA, LLC	  		  	
			
	 /s/ Garrett Bowne
	  		  	  

	Name:	  	Garrett Bowne	  		  	Name:
	Title:	  	Vice President, France	  		  	Title:
		  	Treasurer and Operations Controller	  		  	
			
	FOOD LION, LLC	  		  	
			
	 /s/ G. Linn Evans
	  		  	  

	Name:	  	G. Linn Evans	  		  	Name:
	Title:	  	Senior Vice President and Secretary	  		  	Title:

  
 120

							
	FL FOOD LION, INC.	  		  	
			
	 /s/ G. Linn Evans
	  		  	  

	Name:	  	G. Linn Evans	  		  	Name:
	Title:	  	Secretary	  		  	Title:
			
	RISK MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.	  		  	
			
	 /s/ G. Linn Evans
	  		  	  

	Name:	  	G. Linn Evans	  		  	Name:
	Title:	  	Secretary	  		  	Title:
			
	DELHAIZE U.S. HOLDING INC.	  		  	
			
	 /s/ Garrett Bowne
	  		  	  

	Name:	  	Garrett Bowne	  		  	Name:
	Title:	  	Treasurer	  		  	Title:
			
	HANNAFORD BROS. CO.	  		  	
			
	 /s/ Lisa K. Toner
	  		  	  

	Name:	  	Lisa K. Toner	  		  	Name:
	Title:	  	Vice President and Secretary	  		  	Title:
			
	BONEY WILSON & SONS, INC.	  		  	
			
	 /s/ Lisa K. Toner
	  		  	  

	Name:	  	Lisa K. Toner	  		  	Name:
	Title:	  	Secretary	  		  	Title:

  
 121

 HANNBRO COMPANY 
  

							
	 /s/ Lisa K. Toner
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Lisa K. Toner	 		 	Name:
	Title:	 	Secretary	 		 	Title:
	
	MARTIN’S FOODS OF SOUTH BURLINGTON, INC.
			
	 /s/ Lisa K. Toner
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Lisa K. Toner	 		 	Name:
	Title:	 	Assistant Secretary	 		 	Title:
			
	VICTORY DISTRIBUTORS, INC.	 		 	
			
	 /s/ Lisa K. Toner
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Lisa K. Toner	 		 	Name:
	Title:	 	Secretary	 		 	Title:
			
	HANNAFORD LICENSING CORP.	 		 	
			
	 /s/ Lisa K. Toner
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Lisa K. Toner	 		 	Name:
	Title:	 	Secretary	 		 	Title:
			
	J.H. HARVEY CO., LLC	 		 	
			
	 /s/ G. Linn Evans
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	G. Linn Evans	 		 	Name:
	Title:	 	Vice President and Secretary	 		 	Title:

  
 122

									
	KASH N’ KARRY FOOD STORES, INC.
			
	 /s/ Lisa K. Toner
	 		 	  

	 Name:
	 	Lisa K. Toner	 		 	Name:	 	
	 Title:
	 	Secretary and Assistant Treasurer	 		 	Title:	 	
	
	The Arranger
	
	FORTIS BANK SA/NV
			
	 /s/ Francis Vandeventer
	 		 	 /s/ Natalie Gilbert

	 Name:
	 	Francis Vandeventer	 		 	Name:	 	Natalie Gilbert
	 Title:
	 	Head of Brussels Loan Syndications	 		 	Title:	 	Manager, Sophisticated Contracting
	
	BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LIMITED
			
	 /s/ Mauro Maioli
	 		 	  

	 Name:
	 	Mauro Maioli	 		 	Name:	 	
	 Title:
	 	Director	 		 	Title:	 	
	
	DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH
			
	 /s/ Goetz Laue
	 		 	 /s/ David Garcia-Capel

	 Name:
	 	Goetz Laue	 		 	Name:	 	David Garcia-Capel
	 Title:
	 	Managing Director	 		 	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	J.P. MORGAN PLC
			
	 /s/ Lionel Julienne
	 		 	  

	 Name:
	 	Lionel Julienne	 		 	Name:	 	
	 Title:
	 	Executive Director	 		 	Title:	 	

  
 123

									
	The Agent
	
	FORTIS BANK SA/NV
			
	 /s/ Guido Van de Berghe
	 		 	 /s/ Guido Pletinckx

	Name:	 	Guido Van den Berghe	 		 	Name:	 	Guido Pletinckx
	Title:	 	Senior Manager,	 		 	Title:	 	Head of Middle Office
		 	Agency - Structured Finance	 		 		 	Structured Finance
	
	The Original Lenders
	
	FORTIS BANK SA/NV
			
	 /s/ Minh Nhat Doan
	 		 	 /s/ Natalie Gilbert

	Name:	 	Minh Nhat Doan	 		 	Name:	 	Natalie Gilbert
	Title:	 	Senior Banker	 		 	Title:	 	Manager, Sophisticated
		 		 		 		 	Contracting
	
	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
			
	 /s/ Tarun Mehta
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Tarun Mehta	 		 	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	Director	 		 	Title:	 	
	
	DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.
			
	 /s/ Philippi
	 		 	 /s/ Ewerhardy

	Name:	 	Philippi	 		 	Name:	 	Ewerhardy
	Title:	 		 		 	Title:	 	
	
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
			
	 /s/ Jonathan Richards
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Jonathan Richards	 		 	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	Executive Director	 		 	Title:	 	

  
 124

									
	
	CREDIT SUISSE AG, LONDON BRANCH
			
	 /s/ Garrett Lynskey
	 		 	 /s/ Brian Fitzgerald

	Name:	 	Garrett Lynskey	 		 	Name:	 	Brian Fitzgerald
	Title:	 	Director	 		 	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	DEXIA BANQUE INTERNATIONALE À LUXEMBOURG, S.A.
			
	 /s/ Marc Schronen
	 		 	 /s/ André Poorters

	Name:	 	Marc Schronen	 		 	Name:	 	André Poorters
	Title:	 	Director	 		 	Title:	 	Managing Director
	
	ING BELGIUM NV
			
	 /s/ Hagreis Erik
	 		 	 /s/ Filiep Vermeersch

	Name:	 	Hagreis Erik	 		 	Name:	 	Filiep Vermeersch
	Title:	 	Director	 		 	Title:	 	Deputy Head of Clients Belgium
	
	KBC BANK NV
			
	 /s/ Wim Leemen
	 		 	 /s/ Yannick Maes

	Name:	 	Wim Leemen	 		 	Name:	 	Yannick Maes
	Title:	 	General Manager	 		 	Title:	 	Origination Manager
		 	Corporate Banking Office Centre	 		 		 	Syndication and Debt Placement
	
	MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC
				
	 /s/ Ryan Vetsch
	 		 		 	
	Name:	 	Ryan Vetsch	 		 		 	
	Title:	 	Vice President	 		 		 	

  
 125

									
	
	SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE S.A.
			
	 /s/ Claude S. Garsin
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Claude S. Garsin	 		 	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	Chief Country Officer	 		 	Title:	 	
	
	THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.
			
	 /s/ Alan Guy Menoncini
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Alan Guy Menoncin	 		 	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	Deputy General Manager	 		 	Title:	 	
	
	BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA S.A., BELGIAN BRANCH
			
	 /s/ Yannick Huygens
	 		 	 /s/ Eddy Chabert

	Name:	 	Yannick Huygens	 		 	Name:	 	Eddy Chabert
	Title:	 	Head of Corporate Banking	 		 	Title:	 	Director - CFO
		 	BBVA Belgian Branch	 		 		 	BBVA Belgian Branch
	
	FIFTH THIRD BANK
			
	 /s/ Karl M. Kadar
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Karl M. Kadar	 		 	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	Vice President	 		 	Title:	 	
	
	INTESA SANPAOLO S.P.A.
			
	 /s/ Rosario Pedicini
	 		 	 /s/ Louis Nooter

	Name:	 	Rosario Pedicini	 		 	Name:	 	Louis Nooter
	Title:	 	 General Manager
 Amsterdam
Branch
	 		 	Title:	 	 Senior Account Manager

Amsterdam Branch

  
 126

									
	
	KEY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
			
	 /s/ Shibani Faehnle
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Shibani Faehnle	 		 	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	Vice President	 		 	Title:	 	
	
	MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK NEDERLAND N.V.
			
	 /s/ Luc Reynders
	 		 	 /s/ Joost van Leeuwen

	Name:	 	Luc Reynders	 		 	Name:	 	Joost van Leeuwen
	Title:	 	Deputy Managing Director	 		 	Title:	 	Senior Manager
	
	NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY
			
	 /s/ John Canty
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	John Canty	 		 	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President	 		 	Title:	 	
	
	RAIFFEISEN BANK INTERNATIONAL AG
			
	 /s/ Monika Grünanger
	 		 	 /s/ T. Schindl

	Name:	 	Monika Grünanger	 		 	Name:	 	T. Schindl
	Title:	 		 		 	Title:	 	
	
	ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
			
	 /s/ Alice de Faugeroux
	 		 	  

	Name:	 	Alice de Faugeroux	 		 	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	Vice-president	 		 	Title:	 	

  
 127

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00191-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00191-of-00352.parquet"}]]